8.13.3 TDD-FDD (CA and DC)
36.521-13GPPEvolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA)Part 1: Conformance testingRadio transmission and receptionRelease 17TSUser Equipment (UE) conformance specification
8.13.3.1 Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing
8.13.3.1.1 Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 for FDD PCell
8.13.3.1.1.1 Minimum Requirement
For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 3DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-5 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-6 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 5DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-7 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.
Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA
|
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
|
Downlink power allocation |
|
dB |
-6 |
|
|
dB |
-6 (Note 1) |
|
|
σ |
dB |
3 |
|
|
|
dBm/15kHz |
-98 |
|
|
Precoding granularity |
PRB |
Wideband precoding for 1.4MHz, 4 for 3MHz and 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs |
|
|
PMI delay (Note 2) |
FDD CC |
ms |
8 |
|
TDD CC |
ms |
10 or 11 |
|
|
Reporting interval |
FDD CC |
ms |
1 |
|
TDD CC |
ms |
1 or 4 (Note 3) |
|
|
Reporting mode |
PUSCH 1-2 |
||
|
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap |
0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000 |
||
|
CSI request field (Note 3) |
‘10’ |
||
|
PDSCH transmission mode |
4 |
||
|
Note 1: Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1st set of serving cells by higher layers. Note 4: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 3. Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier. |
|||
at antenna port
.Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
1.4MHz |
R.14-4 FDD |
R.14-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.4 |
7.5 |
|
3MHz |
R.14-5 FDD |
R.14-5 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
9.5 |
5.1 |
|
5MHz |
R.14-6 FDD |
R.14-6 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
9.5 |
5.2 |
|
10 MHz |
R.14 FDD |
R.14 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.1 |
5.7 |
|
15MHz |
R.14-7 FDD |
R.14-7 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.1 |
5.6 |
|
20MHz |
R.14-3 FDD |
R.14-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.3 |
5.6 |
Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
1.4MHz |
R.43-1 TDD |
R.43-1 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.0 |
8.1 |
|
3MHz |
R.43-2 TDD |
R.43-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
9.8 |
5.4 |
|
5MHz |
R.43-3 TDD |
R.43-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.0 |
5.9 |
|
10 MHz |
R.43-4 TDD |
R.43-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.5 |
6.3 |
|
15MHz |
R.43-5 TDD |
R.43-5 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.6 |
6.2 |
|
20MHz |
R.43 TDD |
R.43 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.7 |
6.4 |
Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-5: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
3×20 |
20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+20+15 |
15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+20+10 |
10 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
4 |
3×20 |
2×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
5 |
20+20+15 |
20+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
6 |
20+20+10 |
20+10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
7 |
20+10+10 |
2×10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
8 |
10+15+20 |
10 |
15+20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
9 |
10+15+20 |
10+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-6: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
4×20 |
20 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
2 |
4×20 |
2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
3 |
3×20+15 |
20+15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
4 |
2×15+2×20 |
2×15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
5 |
3×20+15 |
2×20+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
6 |
2×15+2×20 |
2×15+20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
7 |
3×20+10 |
2×20+10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
8 |
4×20 |
3×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
9 |
10+3×20 |
10 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
10 |
2×10+2×20 |
2×10 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
11 |
2×10+20+15 |
2×10 |
20+15 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
12 |
10+3×20 |
10+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
13 |
10+15+2×20 |
10+15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
14 |
10+15+2×20 |
10+15+20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-7: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
15+4×20 |
15+2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
2 |
2×15+3×20 |
2×15+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
3 |
4×20+20 |
4×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
4 |
3×20+2×20 |
3×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
5 |
2×20+3×20 |
2×20 |
3X20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
6 |
20+4×20 |
20 |
4×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
7 |
10+4×20 |
10 |
4×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
8 |
10+20+3×20 |
10+20 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
9 |
2×10+3×20 |
2×10 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
10 |
10+2×20+2×20 |
10+2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
11 |
10+15+20+2×20 |
10+15+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
8.13.3.1.1.2 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 for FDD PCell (2DL CA)
8.13.3.1.1.2.1 Test purpose
The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.
8.13.3.1.1.2.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with FDD as PCell and 4 Rx antenna ports.
8.13.3.1.1.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.1.1.
8.13.3.1.1.2.4 Test description
8.13.3.1.1.2.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.
2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3.
8.13.3.1.1.2.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 and 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 or 8.13.3.1.1.1-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.
6. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-2 as appropriate.
7. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.
8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions:
Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
p-a |
dB-6 |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo CHOICE { |
|||
|
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
transmissionMode |
tm4 |
||
|
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE { |
|||
|
n4TxAntenna-tm4 |
0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE { |
|||
|
release |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfig-r10 |
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3-2A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
transmissionMode-r10 |
tm4 |
||
|
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10 |
0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000 |
BIT STRING |
|
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE { |
|||
|
release |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10 |
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic |
rm12 |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodic |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AA |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
RBC |
||
|
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 |
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
pmi-RI-Report-r9 |
Not present |
||
|
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3-5: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE { |
|||
|
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
rm12 |
||
|
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
trigger1-r10 |
11000000 |
P-Cell, S-Cell report |
|
|
trigger2-r10 |
00000000 |
No report |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3-6: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AB |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
rm12 |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10 |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
pmi-RI-Report-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3-7: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
betaOffset-ACK-Index |
5 |
||
|
betaOffset-RI-Index |
6 |
||
|
betaOffset-CQI-Index |
5 |
||
|
} |
|||
8.13.3.1.1.2.5 Test requirement
Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 define the primary level settings.
For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-2.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
1.4MHz |
R.14-4 FDD |
R.14-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.3 |
8.4 |
|
3MHz |
R.14-5 FDD |
R.14-5 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.4 |
6.0 |
|
5MHz |
R.14-6 FDD |
R.14-6 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.4 |
6.1 |
|
10 MHz |
R.14 FDD |
R.14 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.0 |
6.6 |
|
15MHz |
R.14-7 FDD |
R.14-7 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.0 |
6.5 |
|
20MHz |
R.14-3 FDD |
R.14-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.2 |
6.5 |
Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
1.4MHz |
R.43-1 TDD |
R.43-1 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.9 |
9.0 |
|
3MHz |
R.43-2 TDD |
R.43-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.7 |
6.3 |
|
5MHz |
R.43-3 TDD |
R.43-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.9 |
6.8 |
|
10 MHz |
R.43-4 TDD |
R.43-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.4 |
7.4 |
|
15MHz |
R.43-5 TDD |
R.43-5 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.5 |
7.1 |
|
20MHz |
R.43 TDD |
R.43 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.6 |
7.3 |
Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.2.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.1.1.3 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 for FDD PCell (3DL CA)
8.13.3.1.1.3.1 Test purpose
The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.
8.13.3.1.1.3.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 3DL CA with FDD as PCell and 4 Rx antenna ports.
8.13.3.1.1.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.1.1.
8.13.3.1.1.3.4 Test description
8.13.3.1.1.3.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.
2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.3.
8.13.3.1.1.3.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.3.
3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 and 8.13.3.1.1.1-2 or 8.13.3.1.1.1-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.
6. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2 as appropriate.
7. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.
8.13.3.1.1.3.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions:
Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
p-a |
dB-6 |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo CHOICE { |
|||
|
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
transmissionMode |
tm4 |
||
|
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE { |
|||
|
n4TxAntenna-tm4 |
0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE { |
|||
|
release |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfig-r10 |
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.3-2A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
transmissionMode-r10 |
tm4 |
||
|
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10 |
0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000 |
BIT STRING |
|
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE { |
|||
|
release |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10 |
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic |
rm12 |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodic |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AA |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
RBC |
||
|
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 |
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
pmi-RI-Report-r9 |
Not present |
||
|
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.3-5: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE { |
|||
|
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
rm12 |
||
|
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
trigger1-r10 |
11100000 |
P-Cell, S-Cell report |
|
|
trigger2-r10 |
00000000 |
No report |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.3-6: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AB |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
rm12 |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10 |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
pmi-RI-Report-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.3-7: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
betaOffset-ACK-Index |
5 |
||
|
betaOffset-RI-Index |
6 |
||
|
betaOffset-CQI-Index |
5 |
||
|
} |
|||
8.13.3.1.1.3.5 Test requirement
Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 define the primary level settings.
For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 3DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
1.4MHz |
R.14-4 FDD |
R.14-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.3 |
8.4 |
|
3MHz |
R.14-5 FDD |
R.14-5 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.4 |
6.0 |
|
5MHz |
R.14-6 FDD |
R.14-6 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.4 |
6.1 |
|
10 MHz |
R.14 FDD |
R.14 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.0 |
6.6 |
|
15MHz |
R.14-7 FDD |
R.14-7 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.0 |
6.5 |
|
20MHz |
R.14-3 FDD |
R.14-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.2 |
6.5 |
Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
1.4MHz |
R.43-1 TDD |
R.43-1 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.9 |
9.0 |
|
3MHz |
R.43-2 TDD |
R.43-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.7 |
6.3 |
|
5MHz |
R.43-3 TDD |
R.43-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.9 |
6.8 |
|
10 MHz |
R.43-4 TDD |
R.43-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.4 |
7.4 |
|
15MHz |
R.43-5 TDD |
R.43-5 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.5 |
7.1 |
|
20MHz |
R.43 TDD |
R.43 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.6 |
7.3 |
Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
3×20 |
20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+20+15 |
15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+20+10 |
10 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
4 |
3×20 |
2×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
5 |
20+20+15 |
20+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
6 |
20+20+10 |
20+10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
7 |
20+10+10 |
2×10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
8 |
10+15+20 |
10 |
15+20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
9 |
10+15+20 |
10+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.1.1.4 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 for FDD PCell (4DL CA)
8.13.3.1.1.4.1 Test purpose
The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.
8.13.3.1.1.4.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 4DL CA with FDD as PCell and 4 Rx antenna ports.
8.13.3.1.1.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.1.1.
8.13.3.1.1.4.4 Test description
8.13.3.1.1.4.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.
2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.1.4.4.3.
8.13.3.1.1.4.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.2 with the following exceptions:
– Instead of Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1
8.13.3.1.1.4.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as in clause 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3 with the following exceptions:
Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE { |
|||
|
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
rm12 |
||
|
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
trigger1-r10 |
11110000 |
P-Cell, S-Cell report |
|
|
trigger2-r10 |
00000000 |
No report |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
8.13.3.1.1.4.5 Test requirement
Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 define the primary level settings.
For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
1.4MHz |
R.14-4 FDD |
R.14-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.3 |
8.4 |
|
3MHz |
R.14-5 FDD |
R.14-5 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.4 |
6.0 |
|
5MHz |
R.14-6 FDD |
R.14-6 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.4 |
6.1 |
|
10 MHz |
R.14 FDD |
R.14 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.0 |
6.6 |
|
15MHz |
R.14-7 FDD |
R.14-7 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.0 |
6.5 |
|
20MHz |
R.14-3 FDD |
R.14-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.2 |
6.5 |
Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
1.4MHz |
R.43-1 TDD |
R.43-1 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.9 |
9.0 |
|
3MHz |
R.43-2 TDD |
R.43-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.7 |
6.3 |
|
5MHz |
R.43-3 TDD |
R.43-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.9 |
6.8 |
|
10 MHz |
R.43-4 TDD |
R.43-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.4 |
7.4 |
|
15MHz |
R.43-5 TDD |
R.43-5 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.5 |
7.1 |
|
20MHz |
R.43 TDD |
R.43 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.6 |
7.3 |
Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
4×20 |
20 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
2 |
4×20 |
2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
3 |
3×20+15 |
20+15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
4 |
2×15+2×20 |
2×15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
5 |
3×20+15 |
2×20+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
6 |
2×15+2×20 |
2×15+20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5.1-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
7 |
3×20+10 |
2×20+10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
8 |
4×20 |
3×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
9 |
10+3×20 |
10 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
10 |
2×10+2×20 |
2×10 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
11 |
2×10+20+15 |
2×10 |
20+15 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
12 |
10+3×20 |
10+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
13 |
10+15+2×20 |
10+15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
14 |
10+15+2×20 |
10+15+20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.1.1.5 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 for FDD PCell (5DL CA)
8.13.3.1.1.5.1 Test purpose
The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.
8.13.3.1.1.5.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8, 11 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 5DL CA with FDD as PCell and 4 Rx antenna ports.
8.13.3.1.1.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.1.1.
8.13.3.1.1.5.4 Test description
8.13.3.1.1.5.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.
2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.1.5.4.3.
8.13.3.1.1.5.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 8.13.3.1.1.3.4.2 with the following exceptions:
– Instead of Table 8.13.3.1.1.3.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1
8.13.3.1.1.5.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as in clause 8.13.3.1.1.2.4.3 with the following exceptions:
Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE { |
|||
|
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
rm12 |
||
|
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
trigger1-r10 |
11111000 |
P-Cell, S-Cell report |
|
|
trigger2-r10 |
00000000 |
No report |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
8.13.3.1.1.5.5 Test requirement
Table 8.13.3.1.1.1-1 define the primary level settings.
For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 5DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
1.4MHz |
R.14-4 FDD |
R.14-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.3 |
8.4 |
|
3MHz |
R.14-5 FDD |
R.14-5 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.4 |
6.0 |
|
5MHz |
R.14-6 FDD |
R.14-6 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.4 |
6.1 |
|
10 MHz |
R.14 FDD |
R.14 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.0 |
6.6 |
|
15MHz |
R.14-7 FDD |
R.14-7 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.0 |
6.5 |
|
20MHz |
R.14-3 FDD |
R.14-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.2 |
6.5 |
Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
1.4MHz |
R.43-1 TDD |
R.43-1 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.9 |
9.0 |
|
3MHz |
R.43-2 TDD |
R.43-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.7 |
6.3 |
|
5MHz |
R.43-3 TDD |
R.43-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.9 |
6.8 |
|
10 MHz |
R.43-4 TDD |
R.43-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.4 |
7.4 |
|
15MHz |
R.43-5 TDD |
R.43-5 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.5 |
7.1 |
|
20MHz |
R.43 TDD |
R.43 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.6 |
7.3 |
Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
15+4×20 |
15+2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
2 |
2×15+3×20 |
2×15+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
3 |
4×20+20 |
4×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
4 |
3×20+2×20 |
3×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
5 |
2×20+3×20 |
2×20 |
3X20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
6 |
20+4×20 |
20 |
4×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
7 |
10+4×20 |
10 |
4×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
8 |
10+20+3×20 |
10+20 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
9 |
2×10+3×20 |
2×10 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
10 |
10+2×20+2×20 |
10+2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
11 |
10+15+20+2×20 |
10+15+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.1.5.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.1.2 Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 for TDD PCell
8.13.3.1.2.1 Minimum Requirement
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 3DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-5 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-6 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 5DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-7 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.
Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA
|
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
|
Downlink power allocation |
|
dB |
-6 |
|
|
dB |
-6 (Note 1) |
|
|
σ |
dB |
3 |
|
|
|
dBm/15kHz |
-98 |
|
|
Precoding granularity |
PRB |
Wideband pre-coding for 1.4MHz, 4 for 3MHz and 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs |
|
|
PMI delay (Note 2) |
FDD CC |
ms |
8 |
|
TDD CC |
ms |
10 or 11 |
|
|
Reporting interval |
FDD CC |
ms |
1 |
|
TDD CC |
ms |
1 or 4 (Note 3) |
|
|
Reporting mode |
PUSCH 1-2 |
||
|
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap |
0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000 |
||
|
CSI request field (Note 3) |
‘10’ |
||
|
PDSCH transmission mode |
TM4 |
||
|
Note 1: Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1st set of serving cells by higher layers. Note 4: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 3. Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier. |
|||
at antenna port
.Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
1.4MHz |
R.14-4 FDD |
R.14-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.4 |
7.5 |
|
3MHz |
R.14-5 FDD |
R.14-5 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
9.5 |
5.1 |
|
5MHz |
R.14-6 FDD |
R.14-6 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
9.5 |
5.2 |
|
10 MHz |
R.14 FDD |
R.14 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.1 |
5.7 |
|
15MHz |
R.14-7 FDD |
R.14-7 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.1 |
5.6 |
|
20MHz |
R.14-3 FDD |
R.14-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.3 |
5.6 |
Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
1.4MHz |
R.43-1 TDD |
R.43-1 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.0 |
8.1 |
|
3MHz |
R.43-2 TDD |
R.43-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
9.8 |
5.4 |
|
5MHz |
R.43-3 TDD |
R.43-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.0 |
5.9 |
|
10 MHz |
R.43-4 TDD |
R.43-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.5 |
6.3 |
|
15MHz |
R.43-5 TDD |
R.43-5 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.6 |
6.2 |
|
20MHz |
R.43 TDD |
R.43 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.7 |
6.4 |
Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-5: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
3×20 |
20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+20+15 |
15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+20+10 |
10 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
4 |
3×20 |
2×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
5 |
20+20+15 |
20+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
6 |
20+20+10 |
20+10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
7 |
20+10+10 |
2×10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
8 |
10+15+20 |
10 |
15+20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
9 |
10+15+20 |
10+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-6: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
|||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
||||
|
1 |
4×20 |
20 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
2 |
4×20 |
2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
3 |
3×20+15 |
20+15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
4 |
2×15+2×20 |
2×15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
5 |
3×20+15 |
2×20+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
6 |
2×15+2×20 |
2×15+20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
7 |
3×20+10 |
2×20+10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
8 |
4×20 |
3×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
9 |
10+3×20 |
10 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
10 |
2×10+2×20 |
2×10 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
11 |
2×10+20+15 |
2×10 |
20+15 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
12 |
10+3×20 |
10+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
13 |
10+15+2×20 |
10+15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
14 |
10+15+2×20 |
10+15+20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
||||||
Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-7: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
15+4×20 |
15+2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
2 |
2×15+3×20 |
2×15+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
3 |
4×20+20 |
4×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
4 |
3×20+2×20 |
3×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
5 |
2×20+3×20 |
2×20 |
3X20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
6 |
20+4×20 |
20 |
4×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
7 |
10+4×20 |
10 |
4×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
8 |
10+20+3×20 |
10+20 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
9 |
2×10+3×20 |
2×10 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
10 |
10+2×20+2×20 |
10+2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
11 |
10+15+20+2×20 |
10+15+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
8.13.3.1.2.2 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 for TDD PCell (2DL CA)
8.13.3.1.2.2.1 Test purpose
The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.
8.13.3.1.2.2.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with TDD as PCell and 4 Rx antenna ports.
8.13.3.1.2.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.2.1.
8.13.3.1.2.2.4 Test description
8.13.3.1.2.2.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.
2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.13.3.2.1.1-1as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3.
8.13.3.1.2.2.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.1.2.2.3-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.2.3-2 or 8.13.3.1.2.2.3-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.
6. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-2 as appropriate.
7. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on both PCC and SCC. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.
8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions:
Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
p-a |
dB-6 |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo CHOICE { |
|||
|
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
transmissionMode |
tm4 |
||
|
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE { |
|||
|
n4TxAntenna-tm4 |
0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE { |
|||
|
release |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3-2A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
transmissionMode-r10 |
tm4 |
||
|
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10 |
0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000 |
BIT STRING |
|
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE { |
|||
|
release |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10 |
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic |
rm12 |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodic |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AA |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
RBC |
||
|
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 |
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
pmi-RI-Report-r9 |
Not present |
||
|
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3-5: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE { |
|||
|
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
rm12 |
||
|
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
trigger1-r10 |
11000000 |
P-Cell, S-Cell report |
|
|
trigger2-r10 |
00000000 |
No report |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3-6: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AB |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
rm12 |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10 |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
pmi-RI-Report-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3-7: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
betaOffset-ACK-Index |
5 |
||
|
betaOffset-RI-Index |
6 |
||
|
betaOffset-CQI-Index |
5 |
||
|
} |
|||
8.13.3.1.2.2.5 Test requirement
Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-1 define the primary level settings.
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-2.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
1.4MHz |
R.14-4 FDD |
R.14-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.3 |
8.4 |
|
3MHz |
R.14-5 FDD |
R.14-5 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.4 |
6.0 |
|
5MHz |
R.14-6 FDD |
R.14-6 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.4 |
6.1 |
|
10 MHz |
R.14 FDD |
R.14 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.0 |
6.6 |
|
15MHz |
R.14-7 FDD |
R.14-7 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.0 |
6.5 |
|
20MHz |
R.14-3 FDD |
R.14-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.2 |
6.5 |
Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
1.4MHz |
R.43-1 TDD |
R.43-1 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.9 |
9.0 |
|
3MHz |
R.43-2 TDD |
R.43-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.7 |
6.3 |
|
5MHz |
R.43-3 TDD |
R.43-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.9 |
6.8 |
|
10 MHz |
R.43-4 TDD |
R.43-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.4 |
7.2 |
|
15MHz |
R.43-5 TDD |
R.43-5 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.5 |
7.1 |
|
20MHz |
R.43 TDD |
R.43 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.6 |
7.3 |
Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.2.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.1.2.3 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 for TDD PCell (3DL CA)
8.13.3.1.2.3.1 Test purpose
The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.
8.13.3.1.2.3.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 3DL CA with TDD as PCell and 4 Rx antenna ports.
8.13.3.1.2.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.2.1.
8.13.3.1.2.3.4 Test description
8.13.3.1.2.3.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.
2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.13.3.2.1.1-1as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.2.3.4.3.
8.13.3.1.2.3.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.2.3.4.3.
3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.1.2.3.3-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.3.3-2 or 8.13.3.1.2.3.3-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.
6. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-2 as appropriate.
7. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on both PCC and SCC. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.
8.13.3.1.2.3.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as in clause 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3 with the following exceptions:
Table 8.13.3.1.2.3.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE { |
|||
|
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
rm12 |
||
|
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
trigger1-r10 |
11100000 |
P-Cell, S-Cell report |
|
|
trigger2-r10 |
00000000 |
No report |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
8.13.3.1.2.3.5 Test requirement
Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-1 define the primary level settings.
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 3DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-2.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
1.4MHz |
R.14-4 FDD |
R.14-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.3 |
8.4 |
|
3MHz |
R.14-5 FDD |
R.14-5 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.4 |
6.0 |
|
5MHz |
R.14-6 FDD |
R.14-6 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.4 |
6.1 |
|
10 MHz |
R.14 FDD |
R.14 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.0 |
6.6 |
|
15MHz |
R.14-7 FDD |
R.14-7 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.0 |
6.5 |
|
20MHz |
R.14-3 FDD |
R.14-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.2 |
6.5 |
Table 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
1.4MHz |
R.43-1 TDD |
R.43-1 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.9 |
9.0 |
|
3MHz |
R.43-2 TDD |
R.43-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.7 |
6.3 |
|
5MHz |
R.43-3 TDD |
R.43-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.9 |
6.8 |
|
10 MHz |
R.43-4 TDD |
R.43-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.4 |
7.2 |
|
15MHz |
R.43-5 TDD |
R.43-5 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.5 |
7.1 |
|
20MHz |
R.43 TDD |
R.43 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.6 |
7.3 |
Table 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
3×20 |
20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+20+15 |
15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+20+10 |
10 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
4 |
3×20 |
2×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
5 |
20+20+15 |
20+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
6 |
20+20+10 |
20+10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
7 |
20+10+10 |
2×10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
8 |
10+15+20 |
10 |
15+20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
9 |
10+15+20 |
10+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.1.2.4 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 for TDD PCell (4DL CA)
8.13.3.1.2.4.1 Test purpose
The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.
8.13.3.1.2.4.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 4DL CA with TDD as PCell and 4 Rx antenna ports.
8.13.3.1.2.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.2.1.
8.13.3.1.2.4.4 Test description
8.13.3.1.2.4.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.
2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.13.3.2.1.1-1as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.2.4.4.3.
8.13.3.1.2.4.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 8.13.3.1.2.3.4.2 with the following exceptions:
– Instead of Table 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1
8.13.3.1.2.4.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as in clause 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3 with the following exceptions:
Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE { |
|||
|
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
rm12 |
||
|
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
trigger1-r10 |
11110000 |
P-Cell, S-Cell report |
|
|
trigger2-r10 |
00000000 |
No report |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
8.13.3.1.2.4.5 Test requirement
Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-1 define the primary level settings.
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
1.4MHz |
R.14-4 FDD |
R.14-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.3 |
8.4 |
|
3MHz |
R.14-5 FDD |
R.14-5 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.4 |
6.0 |
|
5MHz |
R.14-6 FDD |
R.14-6 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.4 |
6.1 |
|
10 MHz |
R.14 FDD |
R.14 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.0 |
6.6 |
|
15MHz |
R.14-7 FDD |
R.14-7 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.0 |
6.5 |
|
20MHz |
R.14-3 FDD |
R.14-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.2 |
6.5 |
Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
1.4MHz |
R.43-1 TDD |
R.43-1 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.9 |
9.0 |
|
3MHz |
R.43-2 TDD |
R.43-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.7 |
6.3 |
|
5MHz |
R.43-3 TDD |
R.43-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.9 |
6.8 |
|
10 MHz |
R.43-4 TDD |
R.43-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.4 |
7.2 |
|
15MHz |
R.43-5 TDD |
R.43-5 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.5 |
7.1 |
|
20MHz |
R.43 TDD |
R.43 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.6 |
7.3 |
Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Requirement |
UE Category |
|||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
||||
|
1 |
4×20 |
20 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
2 |
4×20 |
2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
3 |
3×20+15 |
20+15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
4 |
2×15+2×20 |
2×15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
5 |
3×20+15 |
2×20+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
6 |
2×15+2×20 |
2×15+20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
7 |
3×20+10 |
2×20+10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
8 |
4×20 |
3×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
9 |
10+3×20 |
10 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
10 |
2×10+2×20 |
2×10 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
11 |
2×10+20+15 |
2×10 |
20+15 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
12 |
10+3×20 |
10+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
13 |
10+15+2×20 |
10+15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
14 |
10+15+2×20 |
10+15+20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
||||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.1.2.5 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 for TDD PCell (5DL CA)
8.13.3.1.2.5.1 Test purpose
The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.
8.13.3.1.2.5.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8, 11 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 5DL CA with TDD as PCell and 4 Rx antenna ports.
8.13.3.1.2.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.2.1.
8.13.3.1.2.5.4 Test description
8.13.3.1.2.5.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.
2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables 8.2.3-1, 8.13.3.2.1.1-1as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.1.2.5.4.3.
8.13.3.1.2.5.4.2 Test procedure
Same test procedure as in clause 8.13.3.1.2.3.4.2 with the following exceptions:
– Instead of Table 8.13.3.1.2.3.5-1 🡪 use Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1
8.13.3.1.2.5.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as in clause 8.13.3.1.2.2.4.3 with the following exceptions:
Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.4.3-1: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE { |
|||
|
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
rm12 |
||
|
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
trigger1-r10 |
11111000 |
P-Cell, S-Cell report |
|
|
trigger2-r10 |
00000000 |
No report |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
8.13.3.1.2.5.5 Test requirement
Table 8.13.3.1.2.1-1 define the primary level settings.
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 5DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 or 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
1.4MHz |
R.14-4 FDD |
R.14-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.3 |
8.4 |
|
3MHz |
R.14-5 FDD |
R.14-5 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.4 |
6.0 |
|
5MHz |
R.14-6 FDD |
R.14-6 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.4 |
6.1 |
|
10 MHz |
R.14 FDD |
R.14 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.0 |
6.6 |
|
15MHz |
R.14-7 FDD |
R.14-7 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.0 |
6.5 |
|
20MHz |
R.14-3 FDD |
R.14-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.2 |
6.5 |
Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2: Single carrier test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
1.4MHz |
R.43-1 TDD |
R.43-1 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.9 |
9.0 |
|
3MHz |
R.43-2 TDD |
R.43-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.7 |
6.3 |
|
5MHz |
R.43-3 TDD |
R.43-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
10.9 |
6.8 |
|
10 MHz |
R.43-4 TDD |
R.43-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.4 |
7.2 |
|
15MHz |
R.43-5 TDD |
R.43-5 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.5 |
7.1 |
|
20MHz |
R.43 TDD |
R.43 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EVA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
11.6 |
7.3 |
Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
15+4×20 |
15+2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
2 |
2×15+3×20 |
2×15+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
3 |
4×20+20 |
4×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
4 |
3×20+2×20 |
3×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
5 |
2×20+3×20 |
2×20 |
3X20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
6 |
20+4×20 |
20 |
4×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
7 |
10+4×20 |
10 |
4×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
8 |
10+20+3×20 |
10+20 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
9 |
2×10+3×20 |
2×10 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
10 |
10+2×20+2×20 |
10+2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
11 |
10+15+20+2×20 |
10+15+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.1.2.5.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.2 Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (User-Specific Reference Symbols)
8.13.3.2.1 Minimum Requirement Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port for FDD PCell
The purpose of these tests is to verify dual-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 and 8 upon detection of a PDCCH with DCI format 2C.
For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.2.1-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 3DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.2.1-5 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2
For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.2.1-6 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 5DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.2.1-7 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.
Table 8.13.3.2.1-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA
|
Parameter |
Unit |
Values |
|
|
Downlink power allocation |
|
dB |
0 |
|
|
dB |
0 (Note 1) |
|
|
σ |
dB |
-3 |
|
|
Cell-specific reference signals |
Antenna ports 0 and 1 |
||
|
Cell ID |
0 |
||
|
CSI reference signals |
Antenna ports 15,16 |
||
|
Beamforming model |
Annex B.4.2 |
||
|
CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS |
FDD CC |
Subframes |
5 / 2 |
|
TDD CC |
5 / 4 |
||
|
CSI reference signal configuration |
8 |
||
|
Zero-power CSI-RS configuration ICSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap |
FDD CC |
Subframes / bitmap |
3 / 0010000000000000 |
|
TDD CC |
4 / 0010000000000000 |
||
|
|
dBm/15kHz |
-98 |
|
|
|
FDD CC |
Reference Value in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 |
|
|
TDD CC |
Reference Value in Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 |
||
|
Symbols for unused PRBs |
OCNG (Note 2) |
||
|
Number of allocated resource blocks (Note 2) |
PRB |
50 |
|
|
Simultaneous transmission |
No |
||
|
PDSCH transmission mode |
9 |
||
|
Note 1: Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 3. |
|||
at antenna port
Table 8.13.3.2.1-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.51-2 FDD |
R.51-2 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.2 |
9.0 |
|
10 MHz |
R.51 FDD |
R.51 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.7 |
8.8 |
|
15MHz |
R.51-3 FDD |
R.51-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.6 |
8.7 |
|
20MHz |
R.51-4 FDD |
R.51-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.3 |
8.8 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.
|
|||||||||
Table 8.13.3.2.1-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.51-2 TDD |
R.51-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.0 |
9.0 |
|
10 MHz |
R.51 TDD |
R.51 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.9 |
9.1 |
|
15MHz |
R.51-3 TDD |
R.51-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.9 |
9.2 |
|
20MHz |
R.51-4 TDD |
R.51-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.1 |
9.3 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.
|
|||||||||
Table 8.13.3.2.1-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Table 8.13.3.2.1-5: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
3×20 |
20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+20+15 |
15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+20+10 |
10 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
4 |
3×20 |
2×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
5 |
20+20+15 |
20+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
6 |
20+20+10 |
20+10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
7 |
20+10+10 |
2×10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
8 |
10+15+20 |
10 |
15+20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
9 |
10+15+20 |
10+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Table 8.13.3.2.1-6: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
4×20 |
20 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
2 |
4×20 |
2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
3 |
3×20+15 |
20+15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
4 |
2×15+2×20 |
2×15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
5 |
3×20+15 |
2×20+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
6 |
2×15+2×20 |
2×15+20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
7 |
3×20+10 |
2×20+10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
8 |
4×20 |
3×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
9 |
10+3×20 |
10 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
10 |
2×10+2×20 |
2×10 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
11 |
2×10+20+15 |
2×10 |
20+15 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
12 |
10+3×20 |
10+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
13 |
10+15+2×20 |
10+15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
14 |
10+15+2×20 |
10+15+20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Table 8.13.3.2.1-7: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
15+4×20 |
15+2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
2 |
2×15+3×20 |
2×15+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
3 |
4×20+20 |
4×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
4 |
3×20+2×20 |
3×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
5 |
2×20+3×20 |
2×20 |
3X20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
6 |
20+4×20 |
20 |
4×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
7 |
10+4×20 |
10 |
4×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
8 |
10+20+3×20 |
10+20 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
9 |
2×10+3×20 |
2×10 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
10 |
10+2×20+2×20 |
10+2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
11 |
10+15+20+2×20 |
10+15+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.13.3.2.1.
8.13.3.2.2 Minimum Requirement Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port for TDD PCell
The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.2.2-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 3DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.2.2-5 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 4DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.2.2-6 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 5DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.2.2-7 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.
Table 8.13.3.2.2-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA
|
Parameter |
Unit |
Values |
|
|
Downlink power allocation |
|
dB |
0 |
|
|
dB |
0 (Note 1) |
|
|
σ |
dB |
-3 |
|
|
Cell-specific reference signals |
Antenna ports 0 and 1 |
||
|
Cell ID |
0 |
||
|
CSI reference signals |
Antenna ports 15,16 |
||
|
Beamforming model |
Annex B.4.2 |
||
|
CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS |
FDD CC |
Subframes |
5 / 2 |
|
TDD CC |
5 / 4 |
||
|
CSI reference signal configuration |
8 |
||
|
Zero-power CSI-RS configuration ICSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap |
FDD CC |
Subframes / bitmap |
3 / 0010000000000000 |
|
TDD CC |
4 / 0010000000000000 |
||
|
|
dBm/15kHz |
-98 |
|
|
|
FDD CC |
Reference Value in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 |
|
|
TDD CC |
Reference Value in Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 |
||
|
Symbols for unused PRBs |
OCNG (Note 2) |
||
|
Number of allocated resource blocks (Note 2) |
PRB |
50 |
|
|
Simultaneous transmission |
No |
||
|
PDSCH transmission mode |
9 |
||
|
Note 1: Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 3: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 3. |
|||
at antenna port
Table 8.13.3.2.2-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.51-2 FDD |
R.51-2 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.2 |
9.0 |
|
10 MHz |
R.51 FDD |
R.51 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.7 |
8.8 |
|
15MHz |
R.51-3 FDD |
R.51-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.6 |
8.7 |
|
20MHz |
R.51-4 FDD |
R.51-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.3 |
8.8 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.
|
|||||||||
Table 8.13.3.2.2-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.51-2 TDD |
R.51-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.0 |
9.0 |
|
10 MHz |
R.51 TDD |
R.51 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.9 |
9.1 |
|
15MHz |
R.51-3 TDD |
R.51-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.9 |
9.2 |
|
20MHz |
R.51-4 TDD |
R.51-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.1 |
9.3 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.
|
|||||||||
Table 8.13.3.2.2-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Table 8.13.3.2.2-5: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
3×20 |
20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+20+15 |
15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+20+10 |
10 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
4 |
3×20 |
2×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
5 |
20+20+15 |
20+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
6 |
20+20+10 |
20+10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
7 |
20+10+10 |
2×10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
8 |
10+15+20 |
10 |
15+20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
9 |
10+15+20 |
10+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Table 8.13.3.2.2-6: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
|||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
||||
|
1 |
4×20 |
20 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
2 |
4×20 |
2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
3 |
3×20+15 |
20+15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
4 |
2×15+2×20 |
2×15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
5 |
3×20+15 |
2×20+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
6 |
2×15+2×20 |
2×15+20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
7 |
3×20+10 |
2×20+10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
8 |
4×20 |
3×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
9 |
10+3×20 |
10 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
10 |
2×10+2×20 |
2×10 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
11 |
2×10+20+15 |
2×10 |
20+15 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
12 |
10+3×20 |
10+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
13 |
10+15+2×20 |
10+15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
14 |
10+15+2×20 |
10+15+20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
||||||
Table 8.13.3.2.2-7: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
15+4×20 |
15+2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
2 |
2×15+3×20 |
2×15+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
3 |
4×20+20 |
4×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
4 |
3×20+2×20 |
3×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
5 |
2×20+3×20 |
2×20 |
3X20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
6 |
20+4×20 |
20 |
4×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
7 |
10+4×20 |
10 |
4×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
8 |
10+20+3×20 |
10+20 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
9 |
2×10+3×20 |
2×10 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
10 |
10+2×20+2×20 |
10+2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
11 |
10+15+20+2×20 |
10+15+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.2-3 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.13.3.2.2.
8.13.3.2.3 TDD-FDD CA Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 for FDD PCell (User-Specific Reference Symbols) (2DL CA)
8.13.3.2.3.1 Test purpose
To verify the UE’s rank-2 performance and ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for dual-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 and 8 using DM-RS with full RB allocation with multiple CSI reference symbol configurations with non-zero and zero transmission power.
8.13.3.2.3.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with FDD as PCELL.
8.13.3.2.3.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.1.
8.13.3.2.3.4 Test description
8.13.3.2.3.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Maximum Wgap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.94.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.3.4.3.
8.13.3.2.3.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.3.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2C for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.2.1-2, 8.13.3.2.1-3 and 8.13.3.2.1-4 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.2.3.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.3.5-2 as appropriate. BCH/CRS/PDCCH/PCFICH are sent on antenna ports 0 and 1 using two Tx antennas, while DRS/ PDSCH for the test UE are sent on antenna ports 7 and 8 using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2 and precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.3.1-1. CSI-RS are sent on antenna ports 15 and 16 using two Tx antennas with mapping according to beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2.
6. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.
8.13.3.2.3.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions:
Table 8.13.3.2.3.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.8.2.1.6 Table 4.8.2.1.6-1 PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo |
Not present |
||
|
antennaInfo-r10 CHOICE{ |
|||
|
explicitValue-r10 |
AntennaInfoDedicated-r10 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
csi-RS-Config-r10 |
CSI-RS-Config-r10 |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.2.3.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo |
Not present |
||
|
antennaInfo-r10 CHOICE{ |
|||
|
explicitValue-r10 |
AntennaInfoDedicated-r10 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
csi-RS-Config-r10 |
CSI-RS-Config-r10 |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.2.3.4.3-3: AntennaInfoDedicated-r10
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2 |
||||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
|
AntennaInfoDedicated-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
transmissionMode-r10 |
tm9-v1020 |
|||
|
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10 |
Not present |
If the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm9, E-UTRAN only configures the field codebookSubsetRestriction if PMI/RI reporting is configured |
||
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE { |
||||
|
Release |
NULL |
|||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
Table 8.13.3.2.3.4.3-4: CSI-RS-Config-r10
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CSI-RS-Config-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
csi-RS-r10 CHOICE{ |
|||
|
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaPortsCount-r10 |
an2 |
Parameter represents the number of antenna ports used for transmission of CSI reference signals |
|
|
resourceConfig-r10 |
8 |
Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration |
|
|
subframeConfig-r10 |
2 |
|
FDD cell |
|
4 |
TDD cell |
||
|
p-C-r10 |
0 |
Parameter: |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
zeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r10 CHOICE{ |
|||
|
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
zeroTxPowerResourceConfigList-r10 |
2 |
Parameter: ZeroPowerCSI-RS |
|
|
zeroTxPowerSubframeConfig-r10 |
3 |
Parameter: |
FDD cell |
|
4 |
TDD cell |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
= 
when CSI-RS SubframeConfig is from 0-4; Parameter: 
which is the assumed ratio of PDSCH EPRE to CSI-RS EPRE when UE derives CSI feedback
8.13.3.2.3.5 Test requirement
Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.2.3.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.3.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.2.3.5-1: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.51-2 FDD |
R.51-2 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.2 |
9.9 |
|
10 MHz |
R.51 FDD |
R.51 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.7 |
9.7 |
|
15MHz |
R.51-3 FDD |
R.51-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.6 |
9.6 |
|
20MHz |
R.51-4 FDD |
R.51-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.3 |
9.7 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.
|
|||||||||
Table 8.13.3.2.3.5-2: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.51-2 TDD |
R.51-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.0 |
9.9 |
|
10 MHz |
R.51 TDD |
R.51 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.9 |
10.0 |
|
15MHz |
R.51-3 TDD |
R.51-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.9 |
10.1 |
|
20MHz |
R.51-4 TDD |
R.51-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.1 |
10.2 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.
|
|||||||||
Table 8.13.3.2.3.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.3.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.3.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.3.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.3.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.2.4 TDD-FDD CA Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 for FDD PCell (User-Specific Reference Symbols) (3DL CA)
8.13.3.2.4.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as 8.13.3.2.3.1
8.13.3.2.4.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 3DL CA with FDD as PCELL.
8.13.3.2.4.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.1.
8.13.3.2.4.4 Test description
8.13.3.2.4.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Maximum Wgap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.94.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.4.4.3.
8.13.3.2.4.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.4.4.3.
3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2C for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.2.1-2, 8.13.3.2.1-3 and 8.13.3.2.1-4 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.2.4.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.4.5-2 as appropriate. BCH/CRS/PDCCH/PCFICH are sent on antenna ports 0 and 1 using two Tx antennas, while DRS/ PDSCH for the test UE are sent on antenna ports 7 and 8 using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2 and precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.3.1-1. CSI-RS are sent on antenna ports 15 and 16 using two Tx antennas with mapping according to beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2.
6. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.
8.13.3.2.4.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as 8.13.3.2.3.4.3
8.13.3.2.4.5 Test requirement
Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.2.4.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.4.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-1: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.51-2 FDD |
R.51-2 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.2 |
9.9 |
|
10 MHz |
R.51 FDD |
R.51 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.7 |
9.7 |
|
15MHz |
R.51-3 FDD |
R.51-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.6 |
9.6 |
|
20MHz |
R.51-4 FDD |
R.51-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.3 |
9.7 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.
|
|||||||||
Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-2: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.51-2 TDD |
R.51-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.0 |
9.9 |
|
10 MHz |
R.51 TDD |
R.51 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.9 |
10.0 |
|
15MHz |
R.51-3 TDD |
R.51-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.9 |
10.1 |
|
20MHz |
R.51-4 TDD |
R.51-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.1 |
10.2 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.
|
|||||||||
Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
3×20 |
20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+20+15 |
15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+20+10 |
10 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
4 |
3×20 |
2×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
5 |
20+20+15 |
20+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
6 |
20+20+10 |
20+10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
7 |
20+10+10 |
2×10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
8 |
10+15+20 |
10 |
15+20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
9 |
10+15+20 |
10+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.4.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.2.5 TDD-FDD CA Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 for FDD PCell (User-Specific Reference Symbols) (4DL CA)
8.13.3.2.5.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as 8.13.3.2.3.1
8.13.3.2.5.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 4DL CA with FDD as PCELL.
8.13.3.2.5.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.1.
8.13.3.2.5.4 Test description
8.13.3.2.5.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Maximum Wgap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.94.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.5.4.3.
8.13.3.2.5.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.5.4.3.
3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2C for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.2.1-2, 8.13.3.2.1-3 and 8.13.3.2.1-4 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 as appropriate. BCH/CRS/PDCCH/PCFICH are sent on antenna ports 0 and 1 using two Tx antennas, while DRS/ PDSCH for the test UE are sent on antenna ports 7 and 8 using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2 and precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.3.1-1. CSI-RS are sent on antenna ports 15 and 16 using two Tx antennas with mapping according to beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2.
6. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.
8.13.3.2.5.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as 8.13.3.2.3.4.3
8.13.3.2.5.5 Test requirement
Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.51-2 FDD |
R.51-2 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.2 |
9.9 |
|
10 MHz |
R.51 FDD |
R.51 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.7 |
9.7 |
|
15MHz |
R.51-3 FDD |
R.51-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.6 |
9.6 |
|
20MHz |
R.51-4 FDD |
R.51-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.3 |
9.7 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.
|
|||||||||
Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.51-2 TDD |
R.51-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.0 |
9.9 |
|
10 MHz |
R.51 TDD |
R.51 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.9 |
10.0 |
|
15MHz |
R.51-3 TDD |
R.51-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.9 |
10.1 |
|
20MHz |
R.51-4 TDD |
R.51-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.1 |
10.2 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.
|
|||||||||
Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
4×20 |
20 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
2 |
4×20 |
2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
3 |
3×20+15 |
20+15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
4 |
2×15+2×20 |
2×15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
5 |
3×20+15 |
2×20+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
6 |
2×15+2×20 |
2×15+20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
7 |
3×20+10 |
2×20+10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
8 |
4×20 |
3×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
9 |
10+3×20 |
10 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
10 |
2×10+2×20 |
2×10 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
11 |
2×10+20+15 |
2×10 |
20+15 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
12 |
10+3×20 |
10+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
13 |
10+15+2×20 |
10+15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
14 |
10+15+2×20 |
10+15+20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.5.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.2.6 TDD-FDD CA Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 for FDD PCell (User-Specific Reference Symbols) (5DL CA)
8.13.3.2.6.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as 8.13.3.2.3.1
8.13.3.2.6.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8, 11 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 5DL CA with FDD as PCELL.
8.13.3.2.6.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.1.
8.13.3.2.6.4 Test description
8.13.3.2.6.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Maximum Wgap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.94.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.6.4.3.
8.13.3.2.6.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCCs according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCCs as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.6.4.3.
3. SS activates SCCs by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2C for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.2.1-2, 8.13.3.2.1-3 and 8.13.3.2.1-4 on both PCC and SCCs. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 as appropriate. BCH/CRS/PDCCH/PCFICH are sent on antenna ports 0 and 1 using two Tx antennas, while DRS/ PDSCH for the test UE are sent on antenna ports 7 and 8 using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2 and precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.3.1-1. CSI-RS are sent on antenna ports 15 and 16 using two Tx antennas with mapping according to beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2.
6. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.
8.13.3.2.6.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as 8.13.3.2.3.4.3
8.13.3.2.6.5 Test requirement
Table 8.13.3.2.1-1 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.51-2 FDD |
R.51-2 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.2 |
9.9 |
|
10 MHz |
R.51 FDD |
R.51 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.7 |
9.7 |
|
15MHz |
R.51-3 FDD |
R.51-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.6 |
9.6 |
|
20MHz |
R.51-4 FDD |
R.51-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.3 |
9.7 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.
|
|||||||||
Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.51-2 TDD |
R.51-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.0 |
9.9 |
|
10 MHz |
R.51 TDD |
R.51 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.9 |
10.0 |
|
15MHz |
R.51-3 TDD |
R.51-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.9 |
10.1 |
|
20MHz |
R.51-4 TDD |
R.51-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.1 |
10.2 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.
|
|||||||||
Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 5DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
15+4×20 |
15+2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
2 |
2×15+3×20 |
2×15+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
3 |
4×20+20 |
4×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
4 |
3×20+2×20 |
3×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
5 |
2×20+3×20 |
2×20 |
3X20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
6 |
20+4×20 |
20 |
4×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
7 |
10+4×20 |
10 |
4×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
8 |
10+20+3×20 |
10+20 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
9 |
2×10+3×20 |
2×10 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
10 |
10+2×20+2×20 |
10+2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
11 |
10+15+20+2×20 |
10+15+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.6.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.2.7 TDD-FDD CA Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 for TDD PCell (User-Specific Reference Symbols) (2DL CA)
8.13.3.2.7.1 Test purpose
To verify the UE’s rank-2 performance and ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for dual-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 and 8 using DM-RS with full RB allocation with multiple CSI reference symbol configurations with non-zero and zero transmission power.
8.13.3.2.7.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with TDD as PCELL.
8.13.3.2.7.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.2.
8.13.3.2.7.4 Test description
8.13.3.2.7.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Maximum Wgap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.94.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.7.4.3.
8.13.3.2.7.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.7.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2C for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.2.2-2, 8.13.3.2.2-3 and 8.13.3.2.2-4 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.2.7.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.7.5-2 as appropriate. BCH/CRS/PDCCH/PCFICH are sent on antenna ports 0 and 1 using two Tx antennas, while DRS/ PDSCH for the test UE are sent on antenna ports 7 and 8 using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2 and precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.3.1-1. CSI-RS are sent on antenna ports 15 and 16 using two Tx antennas with mapping according to beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2.
6. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.
8.13.3.2.7.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions:
Table 8.13.3.2.7.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.8.2.1.6 Table 4.8.2.1.6-1 PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo |
Not present |
||
|
antennaInfo-r10 CHOICE{ |
|||
|
explicitValue-r10 |
AntennaInfoDedicated-r10 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
csi-RS-Config-r10 |
CSI-RS-Config-r10 |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.2.7.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo |
Not present |
||
|
antennaInfo-r10 CHOICE{ |
|||
|
explicitValue-r10 |
AntennaInfoDedicated-r10 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
csi-RS-Config-r10 |
CSI-RS-Config-r10 |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.2.7.4.3-3: AntennaInfoDedicated-r10
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2 |
||||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
|
AntennaInfoDedicated-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
transmissionMode-r10 |
tm9-v1020 |
|||
|
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10 |
Not present |
If the UE is configured with transmissionMode tm9, E-UTRAN only configures the field codebookSubsetRestriction if PMI/RI reporting is configured |
||
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE { |
||||
|
Release |
NULL |
|||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
Table 8.13.3.2.7.4.3-4: CSI-RS-Config-r10
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CSI-RS-Config-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
csi-RS-r10 CHOICE{ |
|||
|
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaPortsCount-r10 |
an2 |
Parameter represents the number of antenna ports used for transmission of CSI reference signals |
|
|
resourceConfig-r10 |
8 |
Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration |
|
|
subframeConfig-r10 |
3 |
|
FDD cell |
|
4 |
TDD cell |
||
|
p-C-r10 |
0 |
Parameter: |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
zeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r10 CHOICE{ |
|||
|
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
zeroTxPowerResourceConfigList-r10 |
2 |
Parameter: ZeroPowerCSI-RS |
|
|
zeroTxPowerSubframeConfig-r10 |
3 |
Parameter: |
FDD cell |
|
4 |
TDD cell |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
= 
when CSI-RS SubframeConfig is from 0-4; Parameter: 
which is the assumed ratio of PDSCH EPRE to CSI-RS EPRE when UE derives CSI feedback
8.13.3.2.7.5 Test requirement
Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.2.7.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.7.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.2.7.5-1: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.51-2 FDD |
R.51-2 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.2 |
9.9 |
|
10 MHz |
R.51 FDD |
R.51 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.7 |
9.7 |
|
15MHz |
R.51-3 FDD |
R.51-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.6 |
9.6 |
|
20MHz |
R.51-4 FDD |
R.51-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.3 |
9.7 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.
|
|||||||||
Table 8.13.3.2.7.5-2: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.51-2 TDD |
R.51-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.0 |
9.9 |
|
10 MHz |
R.51 TDD |
R.51 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.9 |
10.0 |
|
15MHz |
R.51-3 TDD |
R.51-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.9 |
10.1 |
|
20MHz |
R.51-4 TDD |
R.51-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.1 |
10.2 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.
|
|||||||||
Table 8.13.3.2.7.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.7.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.7.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.7.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.7.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.7.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.7.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.2.8 TDD-FDD CA Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 for TDD PCell (User-Specific Reference Symbols) (3DL CA)
8.13.3.2.8.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as 8.13.3.2.7.1
8.13.3.2.8.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 3DL CA with TDD as PCELL.
8.13.3.2.8.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.2.
8.13.3.2.8.4 Test description
8.13.3.2.8.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Maximum Wgap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.94.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.8.4.3.
8.13.3.2.8.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.8.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2C for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.2.2-2, 8.13.3.2.2-3 and 8.13.3.2.2-4 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.2.8.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 as appropriate. BCH/CRS/PDCCH/PCFICH are sent on antenna ports 0 and 1 using two Tx antennas, while DRS/ PDSCH for the test UE are sent on antenna ports 7 and 8 using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2 and precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.3.1-1. CSI-RS are sent on antenna ports 15 and 16 using two Tx antennas with mapping according to beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2.
6. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.
8.13.3.2.8.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as 8.13.3.2.7.4.3
8.13.3.2.8.5 Test requirement
Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.2.8.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-1: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.51-2 FDD |
R.51-2 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.2 |
9.9 |
|
10 MHz |
R.51 FDD |
R.51 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.7 |
9.7 |
|
15MHz |
R.51-3 FDD |
R.51-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.6 |
9.6 |
|
20MHz |
R.51-4 FDD |
R.51-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.3 |
9.7 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.
|
|||||||||
Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.51-2 TDD |
R.51-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.0 |
9.9 |
|
10 MHz |
R.51 TDD |
R.51 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.9 |
10.0 |
|
15MHz |
R.51-3 TDD |
R.51-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.9 |
10.1 |
|
20MHz |
R.51-4 TDD |
R.51-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.1 |
10.2 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.
|
|||||||||
Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 3DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
3×20 |
20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+20+15 |
15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+20+10 |
10 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
4 |
3×20 |
2×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
5 |
20+20+15 |
20+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
6 |
20+20+10 |
20+10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
7 |
20+10+10 |
2×10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
8 |
10+15+20 |
10 |
15+20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
9 |
10+15+20 |
10+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.2.8.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.2.9 TDD-FDD CA Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 for TDD PCell (User-Specific Reference Symbols) (4DL CA)
8.13.3.2.9.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as 8.13.3.2.7.1
8.13.3.2.9.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 4DL CA with TDD as PCELL.
8.13.3.2.9.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.2.
8.13.3.2.9.4 Test description
8.13.3.2.9.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Maximum Wgap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.94.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.9.4.3.
8.13.3.2.9.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.9.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2C for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.2.2-2, 8.13.3.2.2-3 and 8.13.3.2.2-4 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 as appropriate. BCH/CRS/PDCCH/PCFICH are sent on antenna ports 0 and 1 using two Tx antennas, while DRS/ PDSCH for the test UE are sent on antenna ports 7 and 8 using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2 and precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.3.1-1. CSI-RS are sent on antenna ports 15 and 16 using two Tx antennas with mapping according to beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2.
6. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.
8.13.3.2.9.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as 8.13.3.2.7.4.3
8.13.3.2.9.5 Test requirement
Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.51-2 FDD |
R.51-2 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.2 |
9.9 |
|
10 MHz |
R.51 FDD |
R.51 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.7 |
9.7 |
|
15MHz |
R.51-3 FDD |
R.51-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.6 |
9.6 |
|
20MHz |
R.51-4 FDD |
R.51-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.3 |
9.7 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.
|
|||||||||
Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.51-2 TDD |
R.51-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.0 |
9.9 |
|
10 MHz |
R.51 TDD |
R.51 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.9 |
10.0 |
|
15MHz |
R.51-3 TDD |
R.51-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.9 |
10.1 |
|
20MHz |
R.51-4 TDD |
R.51-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.1 |
10.2 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.
|
|||||||||
Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 4DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
|||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
||||
|
1 |
4×20 |
20 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
2 |
4×20 |
2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
3 |
3×20+15 |
20+15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
4 |
2×15+2×20 |
2×15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
5 |
3×20+15 |
2×20+15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
6 |
2×15+2×20 |
2×15+20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
7 |
3×20+10 |
2×20+10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
8 |
4×20 |
3×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
9 |
10+3×20 |
10 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
10 |
2×10+2×20 |
2×10 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
11 |
2×10+20+15 |
2×10 |
20+15 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
12 |
10+3×20 |
10+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
13 |
10+15+2×20 |
10+15 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
14 |
10+15+2×20 |
10+15+20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.9.5-2 per CC |
≥8 |
|
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
||||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.2.10 TDD-FDD CA Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 for TDD PCell (User-Specific Reference Symbols) (5DL CA)
8.13.3.2.10.1 Test purpose
Same test purpose as 8.13.3.2.7.1
8.13.3.2.10.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 8, 11 or higher that support E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 5DL CA with TDD as PCELL.
8.13.3.2.10.3 Minimum conformance requirements
The minimum conformance requirements are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.2.
8.13.3.2.10.4 Test description
8.13.3.2.10.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Maximum Wgap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.94.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.10.4.3.
8.13.3.2.10.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.2.10.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2C for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.2.2-2, 8.13.3.2.2-3 and 8.13.3.2.2-4 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 as appropriate. BCH/CRS/PDCCH/PCFICH are sent on antenna ports 0 and 1 using two Tx antennas, while DRS/ PDSCH for the test UE are sent on antenna ports 7 and 8 using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2 and precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.3.1-1. CSI-RS are sent on antenna ports 15 and 16 using two Tx antennas with mapping according to beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.2.
6. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3.5 and G.3.6 in Annex G clause G.3.
8.13.3.2.10.4.3 Message contents
Same message contents as 8.13.3.2.7.4.3
8.13.3.2.10.5 Test requirement
Table 8.13.3.2.2-1 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.51-2 FDD |
R.51-2 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.2 |
9.9 |
|
10 MHz |
R.51 FDD |
R.51 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.7 |
9.7 |
|
15MHz |
R.51-3 FDD |
R.51-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.6 |
9.6 |
|
20MHz |
R.51-4 FDD |
R.51-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.3 |
9.7 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.
|
|||||||||
Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2: Test requirement with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.51-2 TDD |
R.51-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.0 |
9.9 |
|
10 MHz |
R.51 TDD |
R.51 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.9 |
10.0 |
|
15MHz |
R.51-3 TDD |
R.51-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
13.9 |
10.1 |
|
20MHz |
R.51-4 TDD |
R.51-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
ETU5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
14.1 |
10.2 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to of Cell 1.
|
|||||||||
Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-3: Test requirement for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
15+4×20 |
15+2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
2 |
2×15+3×20 |
2×15+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
3 |
4×20+20 |
4×20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
4 |
3×20+2×20 |
3×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
5 |
2×20+3×20 |
2×20 |
3X20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
6 |
20+4×20 |
20 |
4×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
7 |
10+4×20 |
10 |
4×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
8 |
10+20+3×20 |
10+20 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
9 |
2×10+3×20 |
2×10 |
3×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
10 |
10+2×20+2×20 |
10+2×20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
11 |
10+15+20+2×20 |
10+15+20 |
2×20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.2.10.5-2 per CC |
8, ≥11 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.3 Enhanced Performance Requirements Type A Closed-loop spatial multiplexing
8.13.3.3.1 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Single Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 with TM4 Interference Model-Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for FDD Pcell (2DL CA)
8.13.3.3.1.1 Test purpose
To verify the closed loop rank-one performance with wideband precoding with two transmit antennas when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of one dominant interfering cell applying transmission mode 4 interference model defined in clause B.5.3.
8.13.3.3.1.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support 4 Rx antenna ports and enhanced receiver Type A and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with FDD as PCELL in any FDD or TDD RF band.
8.13.3.3.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements
In Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2, respectively.
For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and with 2 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-4, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model for CA
|
Parameter |
Unit |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
|||||||
|
Downlink power allocation |
|
dB |
-3 |
-3 |
||||||
|
|
dB |
-3 (Note 1) |
-3 |
|||||||
|
σ |
dB |
0 |
0 |
|||||||
|
Cell-specific reference signals |
Antenna ports 0,1 |
Antenna ports 0,1 |
||||||||
|
|
dBm/15kHz |
-98 |
N/A |
|||||||
|
DIP (Note 2) |
dB |
N/A |
-1.73 |
|||||||
|
Cell Id |
0, 1 |
126, 127 |
||||||||
|
PDSCH transmission mode |
6 |
4 |
||||||||
|
Interference model |
N/A |
As specified in clause B.5.3 |
||||||||
|
Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells |
Rank 1 |
% |
N/A |
80 |
||||||
|
Rank 2 |
% |
N/A |
20 |
|||||||
|
Precoding granularity |
PRB |
25 for 5MHz CCs, 50 for 10MHz CCs, 75 for 15MHz and 100 for 20MHz CCs |
4 for 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs |
|||||||
|
PMI delay (Note 4) |
FDD CC |
ms |
8 |
N/A |
||||||
|
TDD CC |
ms |
10 or 11 |
N/A |
|||||||
|
Reporting interval |
ms |
5 |
N/A |
|||||||
|
Reporting mode |
PUCCH 1-1 |
N/A |
||||||||
|
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap |
1111 |
N/A |
||||||||
|
Physical channel for CQI reporting |
PUSCH (Note 7) |
N/A |
||||||||
|
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex |
FDD PCC |
4 |
N/A |
|||||||
|
TDD SCC |
5 |
N/A |
||||||||
|
Note 1: Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the interfering cell. Note 4: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 5: All cells are time-synchronous. Note 6: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection configured for tests with 2 CCs. Note 7: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3 for TDD CCs, and PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7 and #2 for FDD CCs. |
||||||||||
at antenna port
is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1.Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-2: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference Channel |
OCNG Pattern |
Propagation Conditions |
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3) |
Reference Value |
||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) |
SINR (dB) (Note 2) |
||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||||||
|
5MHz |
R.47-1 FDD |
R.47-1 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
0.8 |
-3.0 |
|
10 MHz |
R.47 FDD |
R.47 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
1.0 |
-2.7 |
|
15MHz |
R.47-2 FDD |
R.47-2 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
0.8 |
-2.9 |
|
20MHz |
R.47-3 FDD |
R.47-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
1.1 |
-2.8 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. |
|||||||||||
of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-3: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for TDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference Channel |
OCNG Pattern |
Propagation Conditions |
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3) |
Reference Value |
||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) |
SINR (dB) (Note 2) |
||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||||||
|
5MHz |
R.47-1 TDD |
R.47-1 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
0.8 |
-2.8 |
|
10 MHz |
R.47 TDD |
R.47 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
1.3 |
-2.5 |
|
15MHz |
R.47-2 TDD |
R.47-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
1.0 |
-2.7 |
|
20MHz |
R.47-3 TDD |
R.47-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
1.3 |
-2.3 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. |
|||||||||||
of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.1.3-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.13.3.3.
8.13.3.3.1.4 Test description
8.13.3.3.1.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.13.3.3.1.4.1-1.
CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.13.3.3.1.4.1-1.
Table 8.13.3.3.1.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 TDD FDD 2DL CA for FDD PCell
|
CA Capability |
Bandwidth Combination |
||
|
20+20 |
10+20 |
15+20 |
|
|
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA2_A2) |
Test 1 |
Test 2 |
Test3 |
|
Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested. |
|||
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.94.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.3-1 and 8.13.3.3.1.3-1 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.3.1.4.3.
8.13.3.3.1.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.3.1.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).
4 SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1B for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.3.1.3-1, 8.13.3.3.1.3-2 and 8.13.3.3.1.3-3 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #2, #3, #7 and #8 (Table A.2.2.1.2-1).
5. Set the parameters of the reference channel, MCS, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.3.1.5-2 and 8.13.3.3.1.5-3 as appropriate.
6. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5, on both PCC and SCC. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.
8.13.3.3.1.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions.
Table 8.13.3.3.1.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo CHOICE { |
|||
|
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
transmissionMode |
tm6 |
||
|
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE { |
|||
|
n2TxAntenna-tm6 |
1111 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE { |
|||
|
Release |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfig-r10 |
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.3.1.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
transmissionMode-r10 |
tm6 |
||
|
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10 |
1111 |
||
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE { |
|||
|
release |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10 |
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.3.1.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10 |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10 |
|||
|
CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10-DEFAULT |
|||
|
pmi-RI-Report-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.3.1.4.3-4: CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic |
Not present |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodic CHOICE { |
|||
|
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex |
0 |
||
|
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex |
4 |
Pcell |
|
|
5 |
Scell |
||
|
cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic CHOICE { |
|||
|
widebandCQI |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
ri-ConfigIndex |
NULL |
Pcell, Scell |
|
|
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI |
FALSE |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
8.13.3.3.1.5 Test requirement
Tables 8.13.3.3.1.5-2 and 8.13.3.3.1.5-3 define the primary level settings.
For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-3.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.3.1.5-2 and 8.13.3.3.1.5-3 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model for CA
|
Parameter |
Unit |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
|||||||
|
Downlink power allocation |
|
dB |
-3 |
-3 |
||||||
|
|
dB |
-3 (Note 1) |
-3 |
|||||||
|
σ |
dB |
0 |
0 |
|||||||
|
Cell-specific reference signals |
Antenna ports 0,1 |
Antenna ports 0,1 |
||||||||
|
|
dBm/15kHz |
-98 |
N/A |
|||||||
|
DIP (Note 2) |
dB |
N/A |
-1.45 |
|||||||
|
Cell Id |
0, 1 |
126, 127 |
||||||||
|
PDSCH transmission mode |
6 |
4 |
||||||||
|
Interference model |
N/A |
As specified in clause B.5.3 |
||||||||
|
Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells |
Rank 1 |
% |
N/A |
80 |
||||||
|
Rank 2 |
% |
N/A |
20 |
|||||||
|
Precoding granularity |
PRB |
25 for 5MHz CCs, 50 for 10MHz CCs, 75 for 15MHz and 100 for 20MHz CCs |
4 for 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs |
|||||||
|
PMI delay (Note 4) |
FDD CC |
ms |
8 |
N/A |
||||||
|
TDD CC |
ms |
10 or 11 |
N/A |
|||||||
|
Reporting interval |
ms |
5 |
N/A |
|||||||
|
Reporting mode |
PUCCH 1-1 |
N/A |
||||||||
|
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap |
1111 |
N/A |
||||||||
|
Physical channel for CQI reporting |
PUSCH (Note 7) |
N/A |
||||||||
|
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex |
FDD PCC |
4 |
N/A |
|||||||
|
TDD SCC |
5 |
N/A |
||||||||
|
Note 1: Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the interfering cell. Note 4: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 5: All cells are time-synchronous. Note 6: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection configured for tests with 2 CCs. Note 7: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3 for TDD CCs, and PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7 and #2 for FDD CCs. |
||||||||||
at antenna port
is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1.Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-2: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference Channel |
OCNG Pattern |
Propagation Conditions |
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3) |
Reference Value |
||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) |
SINR (dB) (Note 2) |
||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||||||
|
5MHz |
R.47-1 FDD |
R.47-1 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
1.78 |
-2.02 |
|
10 MHz |
R.47 FDD |
R.47 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
1.98 |
-1.72 |
|
15MHz |
R.47-2 FDD |
R.47-2 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
1.78 |
-1.92 |
|
20MHz |
R.47-3 FDD |
R.47-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
2.08 |
-1.82 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. |
|||||||||||
of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-3: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for TDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference Channel |
OCNG Pattern |
Propagation Conditions |
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3) |
Reference Value |
||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) |
SINR (dB) (Note 2) |
||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||||||
|
5MHz |
R.47-1 TDD |
R.47-1 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
1.78 |
-1.82 |
|
10 MHz |
R.47 TDD |
R.47 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
2.28 |
-1.52 |
|
15MHz |
R.47-2 TDD |
R.47-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
1.98 |
-1.72 |
|
20MHz |
R.47-3 TDD |
R.47-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
2.28 |
-1.32 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. |
|||||||||||
of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.1.5-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.3.2 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Single Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 with TM4 Interference Model-Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for TDD Pcell (2DL CA)
8.13.3.3.2.1 Test purpose
To verify the closed loop rank-one performance with wideband precoding with two transmit antennas when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of one dominant interfering cell applying transmission mode 4 interference model defined in clause B.5.3.
8.13.3.3.2.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support 4 Rx antenna ports and enhanced receiver Type A and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with TDD as PCELL in any FDD or TDD RF band.
8.13.3.3.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements
In Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2, respectively.
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and with 2 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-4, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model for CA
|
Parameter |
Unit |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
||||||
|
Downlink power allocation |
|
dB |
-3 |
-3 |
|||||
|
|
dB |
-3 (Note 1) |
-3 |
||||||
|
σ |
dB |
0 |
0 |
||||||
|
Cell-specific reference signals |
Antenna ports 0,1 |
Antenna ports 0,1 |
|||||||
|
|
dBm/15kHz |
-98 |
N/A |
||||||
|
DIP (Note 2) |
dB |
N/A |
-1.73 |
||||||
|
Cell Id |
0, 1 |
126, 127 |
|||||||
|
PDSCH transmission mode |
6 |
4 |
|||||||
|
Interference model |
N/A |
As specified in clause B.5.3 |
|||||||
|
Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells |
Rank 1 |
% |
N/A |
80 |
|||||
|
Rank 2 |
% |
N/A |
20 |
||||||
|
Precoding granularity |
PRB |
25 for 5MHz CCs, 50 for 10MHz CCs, 75 for 15MHz and 100 for 20MHz CCs |
4 for 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs |
||||||
|
PMI delay (Note 4) |
FDD CC |
ms |
8 |
N/A |
|||||
|
TDD CC |
ms |
10 or 11 |
N/A |
||||||
|
Reporting interval |
ms |
5 |
N/A |
||||||
|
Reporting mode |
PUCCH 1-1 |
N/A |
|||||||
|
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap |
1111 |
N/A |
|||||||
|
Note 1: Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the interfering cell. Note 4: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 5: All cells are time-synchronous. Note 6: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection configured for tests with 2 CCs. |
|||||||||
at antenna port
is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1.Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-2: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for FDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference Channel |
OCNG Pattern |
Propagation Conditions |
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3) |
Reference Value |
||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) |
SINR (dB) (Note 2) |
||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||||||
|
5MHz |
R.47-1 FDD |
R.47-1 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
0.8 |
-3.0 |
|
10 MHz |
R.47 FDD |
R.47 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
1.0 |
-2.7 |
|
15MHz |
R.47-2 FDD |
R.47-2 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
0.8 |
-2.9 |
|
20MHz |
R.47-3 FDD |
R.47-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
1.1 |
-2.8 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. |
|||||||||||
of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-3: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for TDD PCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference Channel |
OCNG Pattern |
Propagation Conditions |
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3) |
Reference Value |
||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) |
SINR (dB) (Note 2) |
||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||||||
|
5MHz |
R.47-1 TDD |
R.47-1 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
0.8 |
-2.8 |
|
10 MHz |
R.47 TDD |
R.47 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
1.3 |
-2.5 |
|
15MHz |
R.47-2 TDD |
R.47-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
1.0 |
-2.7 |
|
20MHz |
R.47-3 TDD |
R.47-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
1.3 |
-2.3 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. |
|||||||||||
Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.2.3-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.13.3.3.
8.13.3.3.2.4 Test description
8.13.3.3.2.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.13.3.3.2.4.1-1.
CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.13.3.3.2.4.1-1.
Table 8.13.3.3.2.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM4 TDD FDD 2DL CA for TDD PCell
|
CA Capability |
Bandwidth Combination |
||
|
20+20 |
10+20 |
15+20 |
|
|
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA2_A2) |
Test 1 |
Test 2 |
Test3 |
|
Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested. |
|||
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.89.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.3-1 and 8.13.3.3.2.3-1 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.3.2.4.3.
8.13.3.3.2.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.3.2.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).
4 SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1B for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.3.2.3-1, 8.13.3.3.2.3-2 and 8.13.3.3.1.3-3 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #1, #4, #6 and #9 (Table A.2.3.1.2-1).
5. Set the parameters of the reference channel, MCS, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.3.2.5-2 and 8.13.3.3.2.5-3 as appropriate.
6. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5, on both PCC and SCC. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.
8.13.3.3.2.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions.
Table 8.13.3.3.2.4.3-1: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo CHOICE { |
|||
|
antennaInfoDedicated ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
transmissionMode |
tm6 |
||
|
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE { |
|||
|
n2TxAntenna-tm6 |
1111 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE { |
|||
|
Release |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfig-r10 |
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.3.2.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
transmissionMode-r10 |
tm6 |
||
|
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10 |
1111 |
||
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE { |
|||
|
release |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10 |
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.3.2.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10 |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10 |
|||
|
CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10-DEFAULT |
|||
|
pmi-RI-Report-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.3.2.4.3-4: CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic |
Not present |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodic CHOICE { |
|||
|
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex |
0 |
||
|
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex |
4 |
Pcell |
|
|
3 |
Scell |
||
|
cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic CHOICE { |
|||
|
widebandCQI |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
ri-ConfigIndex |
NULL |
||
|
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI |
FALSE |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
8.13.3.3.2.5 Test requirement
Tables 8.13.3.3.2.5-2 and 8.13.3.3.2.5-3 define the primary level settings.
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-3.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.3.2.5-2 and 8.13.3.3.2.5-3 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model for CA
|
Parameter |
Unit |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
||||||
|
Downlink power allocation |
|
dB |
-3 |
-3 |
|||||
|
|
dB |
-3 (Note 1) |
-3 |
||||||
|
σ |
dB |
0 |
0 |
||||||
|
Cell-specific reference signals |
Antenna ports 0,1 |
Antenna ports 0,1 |
|||||||
|
|
dBm/15kHz |
-98 |
N/A |
||||||
|
DIP (Note 2) |
dB |
N/A |
-1.45 |
||||||
|
Cell Id |
0, 1 |
126, 127 |
|||||||
|
PDSCH transmission mode |
6 |
4 |
|||||||
|
Interference model |
N/A |
As specified in clause B.5.3 |
|||||||
|
Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells |
Rank 1 |
% |
N/A |
80 |
|||||
|
Rank 2 |
% |
N/A |
20 |
||||||
|
Precoding granularity |
PRB |
25 for 5MHz CCs, 50 for 10MHz CCs, 75 for 15MHz and 100 for 20MHz CCs |
4 for 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs |
||||||
|
PMI delay (Note 4) |
FDD CC |
ms |
8 |
N/A |
|||||
|
TDD CC |
ms |
10 or 11 |
N/A |
||||||
|
Reporting interval |
ms |
5 |
N/A |
||||||
|
Reporting mode |
PUCCH 1-1 |
N/A |
|||||||
|
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap |
1111 |
N/A |
|||||||
|
Note 1: Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to Note 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the interfering cell. Note 4: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 5: All cells are time-synchronous. Note 6: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection configured for tests with 2 CCs. |
|||||||||
at antenna port
is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1.Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-2: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for FDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference Channel |
OCNG Pattern |
Propagation Conditions |
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3) |
Reference Value |
||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) |
SINR (dB) (Note 2) |
||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||||||
|
5MHz |
R.47-1 FDD |
R.47-1 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
1.78 |
-2.02 |
|
10 MHz |
R.47 FDD |
R.47 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
1.98 |
-1.72 |
|
15MHz |
R.47-2 FDD |
R.47-2 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
1.78 |
-1.92 |
|
20MHz |
R.47-3 FDD |
R.47-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
2.08 |
-1.82 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. |
|||||||||||
of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-3: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for TDD PCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference Channel |
OCNG Pattern |
Propagation Conditions |
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3) |
Reference Value |
||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) |
SINR (dB) (Note 2) |
||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||||||
|
5MHz |
R.47-1 TDD |
R.47-1 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
1.78 |
-1.82 |
|
10 MHz |
R.47 TDD |
R.47 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
[2.28 |
-1.52 |
|
15MHz |
R.47-2 TDD |
R.47-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
1.98 |
-1.72 |
|
20MHz |
R.47-3 TDD |
R.47-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
2.28 |
-1.32 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. |
|||||||||||
of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.2.5-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.4 Enhanced Performance Requirements Type A – Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (User-Specific Reference Symbols)
8.13.3.4.1 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 on antenna ports 7 or 8 with TM9 Interference Model-Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for FDD Pcell (2DL CA)
8.13.3.4.1.1 Test purpose
To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for single-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 or 8 without a simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in the serving cell when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of one dominant interfering cell applying transmission mode 9 interference model defined in clause B.5.4.
8.13.3.4.1.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 to release 14 UE of categories 5 or higher that support 4 Rx antenna ports and enhanced receiver Type A and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with FDD as PCELL in any FDD or TDD RF band. Applicability requires support for FGI bit 103.
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 15 and forward UE of Categories 5 to 10 (except for Category 8), and UE DL Categories up to 10 or DL Category 13 that support 4 Rx antenna ports and enhanced receiver Type A and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with FDD as PCELL in any FDD or TDD RF band. Applicability requires support for FGI bit 103.
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 15 and forward UE of Category 8, Categories 11 and higher, or UE DL Categories 11, 12, 14 and higher that support 4 Rx antenna ports and enhanced receiver Type A and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with FDD as PCELL in any FDD or TDD RF band.
8.13.3.4.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements
In Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2, respectively.
For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell with 2 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-4, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with TM9 interference model for CA
|
parameter |
Unit |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
||
|
Downlink power allocation |
|
dB |
0 |
0 |
|
|
|
dB |
0 (Note 1) |
0 |
||
|
σ |
dB |
-3 |
-3 |
||
|
Cell-specific reference signals |
Antenna ports 0,1 |
Antenna ports 0,1 |
|||
|
CSI reference signals |
Antenna ports 15,16 |
N/A |
|||
|
CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS |
FDD CC |
Subframes |
5 / 2 |
N/A |
|
|
TDD CC |
5 / 4 |
N/A |
|||
|
CSI reference signal configuration |
0 |
N/A |
|||
|
|
dBm/15kHz |
-98 |
N/A |
||
|
DIP (Note 2) |
dB |
N/A |
-1.73 |
||
|
Cell Id |
0 |
126 |
|||
|
PDSCH transmission mode |
9 |
9 |
|||
|
Beamforming model |
As specified in clause B.4.3 (Note 4, 5) |
N/A |
|||
|
Interference model |
N/A |
As specified in clause B.5.4 |
|||
|
Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells |
Rank 1 |
N/A |
70 |
||
|
Rank 2 |
N/A |
30 |
|||
|
Precoder update granularity |
PRB |
25 for 5MHz CCs, 50 for 10MHz CCs, 75 for 15MHz and 100 for 20MHz CCs |
4 for 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs |
||
|
PMI delay (Note 5) |
FDD CC |
Ms |
8 |
N/A |
|
|
TDD CC |
10 or 11 |
N/A |
|||
|
Reporting interval |
Ms |
5 |
N/A |
||
|
Reporting mode |
PUCCH 1-1 |
N/A |
|||
|
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap |
001111 |
N/A |
|||
|
Symbols for unused PRBs |
OCNG (Note 6) |
N/A |
|||
|
Simultaneous transmission |
No simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in (7 or 8) used for the input signal under test |
N/A |
|||
|
Physical channel for CQI reporting |
PUSCH(Note 8) |
N/A |
|||
|
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex |
FDD PCC |
4 |
N/A |
||
|
TDDS CC |
5 |
N/A |
|||
|
Note 1: Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to Note 3: The modulation symbols of the signal under test in Cell 1 are mapped onto antenna port 7 or 8. Note 4: The precoder in clause B.4.3 follows UE recommended PMI. Note 5: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 6: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 7: All cells are time-synchronous. Note 8: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3 for TDD CCs, and PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7 and #2 for FDD CCs. Note 9: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection configured for tests with 2 CCs. |
|||||
at antenna port
is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1.Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-2: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS for FDD PCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference Channel |
OCNG Pattern |
Propagation Conditions |
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3) |
Reference Value |
||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) |
SINR (dB) (Note 2) |
||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||||||
|
5MHz |
R.76-1 FDD |
R.76-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
-0.4 |
0-2. |
|
10 MHz |
R.76 FDD |
R.76-5 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
0.1 |
-1.8 |
|
15MHz |
R.76-2 FDD |
R.76-6 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
-0.2 |
-1.9 |
|
20MHz |
R.76-3 FDD |
R.76-7 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
-0.4 |
-1.7 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. |
|||||||||||
of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-3: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS for TDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference Channel |
OCNG Pattern |
Propagation Conditions |
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3) |
Reference Value |
||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) |
SINR (dB) (Note 2) |
||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||||||
|
5MHz |
R.76-1 TDD |
R.76-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
-0.6 |
-2.4 |
|
10 MHz |
R.76 TDD |
R.76-5 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
-0.1 |
-2.1 |
|
15MHz |
R.76-2 TDD |
R.76-6 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
-0.2 |
-2.1 |
|
20MHz |
R.76-3 TDD |
R.76-7 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
-0.4 |
-2.1 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. |
|||||||||||
of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-4: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 2 DL CCs
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.1.3-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.13.3.4.
8.13.3.4.1.4 Test description
8.13.3.4.1.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.13.3.4.1.4.1-1.
CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.13.3.4.1.4.1-1.
Table 8.13.3.4.1.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM9 TDD FDD 2DL CA for FDD PCell
|
CA Capability |
Bandwidth Combination |
||
|
20+20 |
10+20 |
15+20 |
|
|
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA2_A2) |
Test 1 |
Test 2 |
Test3 |
|
Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested. |
|||
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.94.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.3-1] and 8.13.3.4.1.3-1 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.4.1.4.3.
8.13.3.4.1.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.4.1.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).
4 SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2C for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.4.1.3-1, 8.13.3.4.1.3-2 and 8.13.3.4.1.3-3 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #2, #3, #7 and #8 (Table A.2.2.1.2-1).
5. Set the parameters of the reference channel, MCS, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.4.1.5-2 and 8.13.3.4.1.5-3 as appropriate.
BCH/CRS/PDCCH/PCFICH are sent on antenna ports 0 and 1 using two Tx antennas, while DRS/PDSCH for the test UE are sent on antenna port 7 (or 8) using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.3 and precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-1. CSI-RS are sent on antenna ports 15 and 16 using two Tx antennas with mapping according to beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.3.
6. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5, on both PCC and SCC. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.
8.13.3.4.1.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions.
Table 8.13.3.4.1.4.3-1: Void
Table 8.13.3.4.1.4.3-2: AntennaInfoDedicated-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2 |
||||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
|
AntennaInfoDedicated-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
transmissionMode-r10 |
tm9-v1020 |
|||
|
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10 |
001111 |
|||
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE { |
||||
|
release |
NULL |
|||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
Table 8.13.3.4.1.4.3-3: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfig |
Not present |
||
|
antennaInfo |
Not present |
||
|
antennaInfo-r10 CHOICE{ |
|||
|
explicitValue-r10 |
AntennaInfoDedicated-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
} |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfig-r10 |
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
csi-RS-Config-r10 |
CSI-RS-Config-r10 |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.4.1.4.3-4: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo-r10 CHOICE{ |
|||
|
explicitValue-r10 |
AntennaInfoDedicated-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
} |
|||
|
csi-RS-Config-r10 |
CSI-RS-Config-r10 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10 |
CQI-ReportConfig-r10SCell-DEFAULT |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.4.1.4.3-5: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-2AB CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10 |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10 |
|||
|
CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10-DEFAULT |
|||
|
pmi-RI-Report-r10 |
Setup |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.4.1.4.3-6: CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AC: CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10-DEFAULT |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10 CHOICE { |
|||
|
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex-r10 |
0 |
||
|
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex |
4 |
Pcell |
|
|
5 |
Scell |
||
|
cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic CHOICE { |
|||
|
widebandCQI-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
csi-ReportMode-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
ri-ConfigIndex |
483 |
Pcell, Scell |
|
|
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI |
FALSE |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.4.1.4.3-7: CSI-RS-Config-r10
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CSI-RS-Config-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
csi-RS-r10 CHOICE{ |
|||
|
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaPortsCount-r10 |
an2 |
Parameter represents the number of antenna ports used for transmission of CSI reference signals |
|
|
resourceConfig-r10 |
0 |
Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration |
|
|
subframeConfig-r10 |
2 |
Parameter: |
PCell |
|
4 |
SCell |
||
|
p-C-r10 |
-3 dB |
Parameter: |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
zeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r10 CHOICE{ |
|||
|
release |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
= 
when CSI-RS SubframeConfig is from 0-4; 
= 5;
which is the assumed ratio of PDSCH EPRE to CSI-RS EPRE when UE derives CSI feedbackTable 8.13.3.4.1.4.3-8: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-2AA: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 |
Not Present |
||
|
pmi-RI-Report-r9 |
setup |
||
|
} |
|||
8.13.3.4.1.5 Test requirement
Tables 8.13.3.4.1.5-2 and 8.13.3.4.1.5-3 define the primary level settings.
For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-3.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.4.1.5-2 and 8.13.3.4.1.5-3 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with TM9 interference model for CA
|
parameter |
Unit |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
||
|
Downlink power allocation |
|
dB |
0 |
0 |
|
|
|
dB |
0 (Note 1) |
0 |
||
|
σ |
dB |
-3 |
-3 |
||
|
Cell-specific reference signals |
Antenna ports 0,1 |
Antenna ports 0,1 |
|||
|
CSI reference signals |
Antenna ports 15,16 |
N/A |
|||
|
CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS |
FDD CC |
Subframes |
5 / 2 |
N/A |
|
|
TDD CC |
5 / 4 |
N/A |
|||
|
CSI reference signal configuration |
0 |
N/A |
|||
|
|
dBm/15kHz |
-98 |
N/A |
||
|
DIP (Note 2) |
dB |
N/A |
-1.45 |
||
|
Cell Id |
0 |
126 |
|||
|
PDSCH transmission mode |
9 |
9 |
|||
|
Beamforming model |
As specified in clause B.4.3 (Note 4, 5) |
N/A |
|||
|
Interference model |
N/A |
As specified in clause B.5.4 |
|||
|
Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells |
Rank 1 |
N/A |
70 |
||
|
Rank 2 |
N/A |
30 |
|||
|
Precoder update granularity |
PRB |
25 for 5MHz CCs, 50 for 10MHz CCs, 75 for 15MHz and 100 for 20MHz CCs |
4 for 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs |
||
|
PMI delay (Note 5) |
FDD CC |
Ms |
8 |
N/A |
|
|
TDD CC |
10 or 11 |
N/A |
|||
|
Reporting interval |
Ms |
5 |
N/A |
||
|
Reporting mode |
PUCCH 1-1 |
N/A |
|||
|
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap |
001111 |
N/A |
|||
|
Symbols for unused PRBs |
OCNG (Note 6) |
N/A |
|||
|
Simultaneous transmission |
No simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in (7 or 8) used for the input signal under test |
N/A |
|||
|
Physical channel for CQI reporting |
PUSCH(Note 8) |
N/A |
|||
|
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex |
FDD PCC |
4 |
N/A |
||
|
TDDS CC |
5 |
N/A |
|||
|
Note 1: Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to Note 3: The modulation symbols of the signal under test in Cell 1 are mapped onto antenna port 7 or 8. Note 4: The precoder in clause B.4.3 follows UE recommended PMI. Note 5: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 6: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 7: All cells are time-synchronous. Note 8: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3 for TDD CCs, and PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7 and #2 for FDD CCs. Note 9: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection configured for tests with 2 CCs. |
|||||
at antenna port
is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1.Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-2: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS for FDD PCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference Channel |
OCNG Pattern |
Propagation Conditions |
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3) |
Reference Value |
||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) |
SINR (dB) (Note 2) |
||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||||||
|
5MHz |
R.76-1 FDD |
R.76-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
0.58 |
-1.02 |
|
10 MHz |
R.76 FDD |
R.76-5 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
1.08 |
-0.82 |
|
15MHz |
R.76-2 FDD |
R.76-6 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
0.78 |
-0.92 |
|
20MHz |
R.76-3 FDD |
R.76-7 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
0.58 |
-0.72 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. |
|||||||||||
of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-3: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS for TDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference Channel |
OCNG Pattern |
Propagation Conditions |
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3) |
Reference Value |
||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) |
SINR (dB) (Note 2) |
||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||||||
|
5MHz |
R.76-1 TDD |
R.76-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
0.38 |
-1.42 |
|
10 MHz |
R.76 TDD |
R.76-5 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
0.88 |
-1.12 |
|
15MHz |
R.76-2 TDD |
R.76-6 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
0.78 |
-1.12 |
|
20MHz |
R.76-3 TDD |
R.76-7 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
0.58 |
-1.12 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. |
|||||||||||
of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-4: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 2 DL CCs
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.1.5-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.4.2 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing 2×4 on antenna ports 7 or 8 with TM9 Interference Model-Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for TDD Pcell (2DL CA)
8.13.3.4.2.1 Test purpose
To verify the UE’s ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for single-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 or 8 without a simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in the serving cell when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of one dominant interfering cell applying transmission mode 9 interference model defined in clause B.5.4.
8.13.3.4.2.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 to release 14 UE of categories 5 or higher that support 4 Rx antenna ports and enhanced receiver Type A and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with TDD as PCELL in any FDD or TDD RF band. Applicability requires support for FGI bit 103.
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 15 and forward UE of Categories 5 to 10 (except for Category 8), and UE DL Categories up to 10 or DL Category 13 that support 4 Rx antenna ports and enhanced receiver Type A and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with TDD as PCELL in any FDD or TDD RF band. Applicability requires support for FGI bit 103.
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 15 and forward UE of Category 8, Categories 11 and higher, or UE DL Categories 11, 12, 14 and higher that support 4 Rx antenna ports and enhanced receiver Type A and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with TDD as PCELL in any FDD or TDD RF band.
8.13.3.4.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements
In Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2, respectively.
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell with 2 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-4, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with TM9 interference model for CA
|
parameter |
Unit |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
||
|
Downlink power allocation |
|
dB |
0 |
0 |
|
|
|
dB |
0 (Note 1) |
0 |
||
|
σ |
dB |
-3 |
-3 |
||
|
Cell-specific reference signals |
Antenna ports 0,1 |
Antenna ports 0,1 |
|||
|
CSI reference signals |
Antenna ports 15,16 |
N/A |
|||
|
CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS |
FDD CC |
Subframes |
5 / 2 |
N/A |
|
|
TDD CC |
5 / 4 |
N/A |
|||
|
CSI reference signal configuration |
0 |
N/A |
|||
|
|
dBm/15kHz |
-98 |
N/A |
||
|
DIP (Note 2) |
dB |
N/A |
-1.73 |
||
|
Cell Id |
0 |
126 |
|||
|
PDSCH transmission mode |
9 |
9 |
|||
|
Beamforming model |
As specified in clause B.4.3 (Note 4, 5) |
N/A |
|||
|
Interference model |
N/A |
As specified in clause B.5.4 |
|||
|
Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells |
Rank 1 |
N/A |
70 |
||
|
Rank 2 |
N/A |
30 |
|||
|
Precoder update granularity |
PRB |
25 for 5MHz CCs, 50 for 10MHz CCs, 75 for 15MHz and 100 for 20MHz CCs |
4 for 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs |
||
|
PMI delay (Note 5) |
FDD CC |
Ms |
8 |
N/A |
|
|
TDD CC |
10 or 11 |
N/A |
|||
|
Reporting interval |
Ms |
5 |
N/A |
||
|
Reporting mode |
PUCCH 1-1 |
N/A |
|||
|
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap |
001111 |
N/A |
|||
|
Symbols for unused PRBs |
OCNG (Note 6) |
N/A |
|||
|
Simultaneous transmission |
No simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in (7 or 8) used for the input signal under test |
N/A |
|||
|
Physical channel for CQI reporting |
PUSCH(Note 8) |
N/A |
|||
|
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex |
FDD CC |
3 |
N/A |
||
|
TDD CC |
4 |
N/A |
|||
|
Note 1: Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to Note 3: The modulation symbols of the signal under test in Cell 1 are mapped onto antenna port 7 or 8. Note 4: The precoder in clause B.4.3 follows UE recommended PMI. Note 5: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 6: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 7: All cells are time-synchronous. Note 8: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3 for TDD CCs, and PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7 and #2 for FDD CCs. Note 9: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection configured for tests with 2 CCs. |
|||||
at antenna port
is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1.Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-2: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS for FDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference Channel |
OCNG Pattern |
Propagation Conditions |
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3) |
Reference Value |
||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) |
SINR (dB) (Note 2) |
||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||||||
|
5MHz |
R.76-1 FDD |
R.76-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
-0.4 |
-0.2 |
|
10 MHz |
R.76 FDD |
R.76-5 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
0.1 |
-1.8 |
|
15MHz |
R.76-2 FDD |
R.76-6 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
-0.2 |
-1.9 |
|
20MHz |
R.76-3 FDD |
R.76-7 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
-0.4 |
-1.7 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. |
|||||||||||
of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-3: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS for TDD PCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference Channel |
OCNG Pattern |
Propagation Conditions |
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3) |
Reference Value |
||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) |
SINR (dB) (Note 2) |
||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||||||
|
5MHz |
R.76-1 TDD |
R.76-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
-0.6 |
-2.4 |
|
10 MHz |
R.76 TDD |
R.76-5 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
-0.1 |
-2.1 |
|
15MHz |
R.76-2 TDD |
R.76-6 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
-0.2 |
-2.1 |
|
20MHz |
R.76-3 TDD |
R.76-7 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
-0.4 |
-2.1 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. |
|||||||||||
of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-4: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 2 DL CCs
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.2.3-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.13.3.4.
8.13.3.4.2.4 Test description
8.13.3.4.2.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Maximum WGap for Intra-band non-contiguous CA, otherwise Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.13.3.4.2.4.1-1.
CA Capability to be tested: Select one according to Table 8.13.3.4.2.4.1-1.
Table 8.13.3.4.2.4.1-1: Test point selection for TM9 TDD FDD 2DL CA for TDD PCell
|
CA Capability |
Bandwidth Combination |
||
|
20+20 |
10+20 |
15+20 |
|
|
Inter-band CA (two bands) (CA2_A2) |
Test 1 |
Test 2 |
Test3 |
|
Note 1: One test point per UE supported CA capability is tested. |
|||
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure group A.89.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.2.3-1 and 8.13.3.4.2.3-1 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.4.1.4.3.
8.13.3.4.2.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.4.2.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).
4 SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2C for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.4.2.3-1, 8.13.3.4.2.3-2 and 8.13.3.4.2.3-3 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The SS sends uplink scheduling information via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to 0 to schedule UL RMC in subframe #1, #4, #6 and #9 (Table A.2.3.1.2-1).
5. Set the parameters of the reference channel, MCS, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.4.2.5-2 and 8.13.3.4.2.5-3 as appropriate.
BCH/CRS/PDCCH/PCFICH are sent on antenna ports 0 and 1 using two Tx antennas, while DRS/PDSCH for the test UE are sent on antenna port 7 (or 8) using two Tx antennas with beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.3 and precoder update granularity specified in Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-1. CSI-RS are sent on antenna ports 15 and 16 using two Tx antennas with mapping according to beam-forming model as specified in Annex B.4.3.
6. Measure the average throughput per component carrier for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5, on both PCC and SCC. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.
8.13.3.4.2.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6 with the following exceptions.
Table 8.13.3.4.2.4.3-1: Void
Table 8.13.3.4.2.4.3-2: AntennaInfoDedicated-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2 |
||||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
|
AntennaInfoDedicated-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
transmissionMode-r10 |
tm9-v1020 |
|||
|
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10 |
001111 |
|||
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE { |
||||
|
release |
NULL |
|||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
Table 8.13.3.4.2.4.3-3: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfig |
Not present |
||
|
antennaInfo |
Not present |
||
|
antennaInfo-r10 CHOICE{ |
|||
|
explicitValue-r10 |
AntennaInfoDedicated-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
} |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfig-r10 |
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
csi-RS-Config-r10 |
CSI-RS-Config-r10 |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.4.2.4.3-4: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo-r10 CHOICE{ |
|||
|
explicitValue-r10 |
AntennaInfoDedicated-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
} |
|||
|
csi-RS-Config-r10 |
CSI-RS-Config-r10 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10 |
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.4.2.4.3-5: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10 |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10 |
|||
|
CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10-DEFAULT |
|||
|
pmi-RI-Report-r10 |
Setup |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.4.2.4.3-6: CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AC: CQI-ReportPeriodic-r10-DEFAULT |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10 CHOICE { |
|||
|
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-PUCCH-ResourceIndex-r10 |
0 |
||
|
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex |
3 |
Pcell |
|
|
4 |
Scell |
||
|
cqi-FormatIndicatorPeriodic CHOICE { |
|||
|
widebandCQI-r10 SEQUENCE { |
NULL |
||
|
csi-ReportMode-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
ri-ConfigIndex |
NULL |
||
|
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI |
FALSE |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.4.2.4.3-7: CSI-RS-Config-r10
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CSI-RS-Config-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
csi-RS-r10 CHOICE{ |
|||
|
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaPortsCount-r10 |
an2 |
Parameter represents the number of antenna ports used for transmission of CSI reference signals |
|
|
resourceConfig-r10 |
0 |
Parameter: CSI reference signal configuration |
|
|
subframeConfig-r10 |
4 |
Parameter: |
PCell |
|
2 |
SCell |
||
|
p-C-r10 |
-3 dB |
Parameter: |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
zeroTxPowerCSI-RS-r10 CHOICE{ |
|||
|
release |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
= 
when CSI-RS SubframeConfig is from 0-4; 
= 5;
which is the assumed ratio of PDSCH EPRE to CSI-RS EPRE when UE derives CSI feedbackTable 8.13.3.4.2.4.3-8: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-2AA: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 |
Not Present |
||
|
pmi-RI-Report-r9 |
setup |
||
|
} |
|||
8.13.3.4.2.5 Test requirement
Tables 8.13.3.4.2.5-2 and 8.13.3.4.2.5-3 define the primary level settings.
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-3.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.4.2.5-2 and 8.13.3.4.2.5-3 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with TM9 interference model for CA
|
parameter |
Unit |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
||
|
Downlink power allocation |
|
dB |
0 |
0 |
|
|
|
dB |
0 (Note 1) |
0 |
||
|
σ |
dB |
-3 |
-3 |
||
|
Cell-specific reference signals |
Antenna ports 0,1 |
Antenna ports 0,1 |
|||
|
CSI reference signals |
Antenna ports 15,16 |
N/A |
|||
|
CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS |
FDD CC |
Subframes |
5 / 2 |
N/A |
|
|
TDD CC |
5 / 4 |
N/A |
|||
|
CSI reference signal configuration |
0 |
N/A |
|||
|
|
dBm/15kHz |
-98 |
N/A |
||
|
DIP (Note 2) |
dB |
N/A |
-1.45 |
||
|
Cell Id |
0 |
126 |
|||
|
PDSCH transmission mode |
9 |
9 |
|||
|
Beamforming model |
As specified in clause B.4.3 (Note 4, 5) |
N/A |
|||
|
Interference model |
N/A |
As specified in clause B.5.4 |
|||
|
Probability of occurrence of transmission rank in interfering cells |
Rank 1 |
N/A |
70 |
||
|
Rank 2 |
N/A |
30 |
|||
|
Precoder update granularity |
PRB |
25 for 5MHz CCs, 50 for 10MHz CCs, 75 for 15MHz and 100 for 20MHz CCs |
4 for 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs |
||
|
PMI delay (Note 5) |
FDD CC |
Ms |
8 |
N/A |
|
|
TDD CC |
10 or 11 |
N/A |
|||
|
Reporting interval |
Ms |
5 |
N/A |
||
|
Reporting mode |
PUCCH 1-1 |
N/A |
|||
|
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap |
001111 |
N/A |
|||
|
Symbols for unused PRBs |
OCNG (Note 6) |
N/A |
|||
|
Simultaneous transmission |
No simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in (7 or 8) used for the input signal under test |
N/A |
|||
|
Physical channel for CQI reporting |
PUSCH(Note 8) |
N/A |
|||
|
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex |
FDD CC |
3 |
N/A |
||
|
TDD CC |
4 |
N/A |
|||
|
Note 1: Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to Note 3: The modulation symbols of the signal under test in Cell 1 are mapped onto antenna port 7 or 8. Note 4: The precoder in clause B.4.3 follows UE recommended PMI. Note 5: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 6: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated. Note 7: All cells are time-synchronous. Note 8: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3 for TDD CCs, and PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7 and #2 for FDD CCs. Note 9: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection configured for tests with 2 CCs. |
|||||
at antenna port
is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1.Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-2: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS for FDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference Channel |
OCNG Pattern |
Propagation Conditions |
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3) |
Reference Value |
||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) |
SINR (dB) (Note 2) |
||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||||||
|
5MHz |
R.76-1 FDD |
R.76-4 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
0.58 |
-1.02 |
|
10 MHz |
R.76 FDD |
R.76-5 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
1.08 |
-0.82 |
|
15MHz |
R.76-2 FDD |
R.76-6 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
0.78 |
-0.92 |
|
20MHz |
R.76-3 FDD |
R.76-7 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
0.58 |
-0.72 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. |
|||||||||||
of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-3: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS for TDD PCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference Channel |
OCNG Pattern |
Propagation Conditions |
Correlation Matrix and Antenna Configuration (Note 3) |
Reference Value |
||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Cell 1 |
Cell 2 |
Fraction of Maximum Throughput (%) |
SINR (dB) (Note 2) |
||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||||||
|
5MHz |
R.76-1 TDD |
R.76-4 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
0.38 |
-1.42 |
|
10 MHz |
R.76 TDD |
R.76-5 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
0.88 |
-1.12 |
|
15MHz |
R.76-2 TDD |
R.76-6 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
0.78 |
-1.12 |
|
20MHz |
R.76-3 TDD |
R.76-7 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
N/A |
EVA5 |
EVA5 |
2×2 Low |
2×4 Low |
70 |
0.58 |
-1.12 |
|
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent. Note 2: SINR corresponds to Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2. |
|||||||||||
of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-4: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 2 DL CCs
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-2 and Table 8.13.3.4.2.5-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.5
8.13.3.6 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance 4Tx Antenna Port with 256QAM
8.13.3.6.1 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 with 256QAM for FDD PCell (2DL CA)
8.13.3.6.1.1 Test purpose
The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.
8.13.3.6.1.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support 4 Rx antenna ports and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA and 256QAM in DL with FDD as PCell in any FDD or TDD RF band.
8.13.3.6.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements
For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.
Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA
|
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
|
Downlink power allocation |
|
dB |
-6 |
|
|
dB |
-6 (Note 1) |
|
|
σ |
dB |
3 |
|
|
|
dBm/15kHz |
-98 |
|
|
Precoding granularity |
PRB |
Wideband precoding for 1.4MHz, 4 for 3MHz and 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs |
|
|
PMI delay (Note 2) |
FDD CC |
ms |
8 |
|
TDD CC |
ms |
10 or 11 |
|
|
Reporting interval |
FDD CC |
ms |
1 |
|
TDD CC |
ms |
1 or 4 (Note 3) |
|
|
Reporting mode |
PUSCH 1-2 |
||
|
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap |
0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000 |
||
|
CSI request field (Note 3) |
‘10’ |
||
|
PDSCH transmission mode |
4 |
||
|
Note 1: Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1st set of serving cells by higher layers. Note 4: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 3. Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier. |
|||
at antenna port
.Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.72-1 FDD |
R.72-1 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
23.4 |
19.3 |
|
10 MHz |
R.72 FDD |
R.72 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
21.6 |
18.0 |
|
15MHz |
R.72-2 FDD |
R.72-2 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
21.7 |
17.4 |
|
20MHz |
R.72-3 FDD |
R.72-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
21.8 |
17.5 |
Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.72-1 TDD |
R.72-1 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
22.4 |
18.0 |
|
10 MHz |
R.72 TDD |
R.72 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
21.4 |
17.5 |
|
15MHz |
R.72-2 TDD |
R.72-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
21.5 |
17.1 |
|
20MHz |
R.72-3 TDD |
R.72-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
21.6 |
17.2 |
Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.6.1.3-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.13.3.6.
8.13.3.6.1.4 Test description
8.13.3.6.1.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.
2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables [8.13.3-1] and 8.13.3.6.1.3-1 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.6.1.4.3.
8.13.3.6.1.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.6.1.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.6.1.3-1 and 8.13.3.6.1.3-2 or 8.13.3.6.1.3-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.
6. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.6.1.5-1 or 8.13.3.6.1.5-2 as appropriate.
7. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.
8.13.3.6.1.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions:
Table 8.13.3.6.1.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
p-a |
dB-6 |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.6.1.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo CHOICE { |
|||
|
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
transmissionMode |
tm4 |
||
|
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE { |
|||
|
n4TxAntenna-tm4 |
0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE { |
|||
|
release |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfig-r10 |
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
cqi-ReportConfigPCell-v1250 |
CQI-ReportConfig-v1250-DEFAULT |
DL 256QAM |
|
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.6.1.4.3-2A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
transmissionMode-r10 |
tm4 |
||
|
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10 |
0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000 |
BIT STRING |
|
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE { |
|||
|
release |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10 |
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-v1250 |
CQI-ReportConfig-v1250-DEFAULT |
DL 256QAM |
|
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.6.1.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic |
rm12 |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodic |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.6.1.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AA |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
RBC |
||
|
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 |
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
pmi-RI-Report-r9 |
Not present |
||
|
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.6.1.4.3-5: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE { |
|||
|
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
rm12 |
||
|
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
trigger1-r10 |
11000000 |
P-Cell, S-Cell report |
|
|
trigger2-r10 |
00000000 |
No report |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.6.1.4.3-6: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AB |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
rm12 |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10 |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
pmi-RI-Report-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.6.1.4.3-7: CQI-ReportConfig-v1250-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfig-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r12 CHOICE { |
|||
|
release |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
cqiCQI-ReportBoth-v1250 |
Not present |
||
|
cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1250 |
Not present |
||
|
altCQI-Table-r12 |
allSubframes |
DL 256QAM |
|
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.6.1.4.3-8: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
betaOffset-ACK-Index |
5 |
||
|
betaOffset-RI-Index |
6 |
||
|
betaOffset-CQI-Index |
5 |
||
|
} |
|||
8.13.3.6.1.5 Test requirement
Tables 8.13.3.6.1.5-1 and 8.13.3.6.1.5-2 define the primary level settings.
For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-2.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.6.1.5-1 or 8.13.3.6.1.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.72-1 FDD |
R.72-1 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
24.3 |
20.2 |
|
10 MHz |
R.72 FDD |
R.72 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
22.5 |
18.9 |
|
15MHz |
R.72-2 FDD |
R.72-2 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
22.6 |
18.3 |
|
20MHz |
R.72-3 FDD |
R.72-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
22.7 |
18.4 |
Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.72-1 TDD |
R.72-1 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
23.3 |
18.9 |
|
10 MHz |
R.72 TDD |
R.72 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
22.3 |
18.4 |
|
15MHz |
R.72-2 TDD |
R.72-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
22.4 |
18 |
|
20MHz |
R.72-3 TDD |
R.72-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
22.5 |
18.1 |
Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.6.1.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.6.2 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Multi Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4×4 with 256QAM for TDD PCell (2DL CA)
8.13.3.6.2.1 Test purpose
The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.
8.13.3.6.2.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support 4 Rx antenna ports and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA and 256QAM in DL with TDD as PCell in any FDD or TDD RF band.
8.13.3.6.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.
Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA
|
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
|
Downlink power allocation |
|
dB |
-6 |
|
|
dB |
-6 (Note 1) |
|
|
σ |
dB |
3 |
|
|
|
dBm/15kHz |
-98 |
|
|
Precoding granularity |
PRB |
Wideband pre-coding for 1.4MHz, 4 for 3MHz and 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz CCs |
|
|
PMI delay (Note 2) |
FDD CC |
ms |
8 |
|
TDD CC |
ms |
10 or 11 |
|
|
Reporting interval |
FDD CC |
ms |
1 |
|
TDD CC |
ms |
1 or 4 (Note 3) |
|
|
Reporting mode |
PUSCH 1-2 |
||
|
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap |
0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000 |
||
|
CSI request field (Note 3) |
‘10’ |
||
|
PDSCH transmission mode |
4 |
||
|
Note 1: Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1st set of serving cells by higher layers. Note 4: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 3. Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier. |
|||
at antenna port
.Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.72-1 FDD |
R.72-1 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
23.4 |
19.3 |
|
10 MHz |
R.72 FDD |
R.72 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
21.6 |
18.0 |
|
15MHz |
R.72-2 FDD |
R.72-2 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
21.7 |
17.4 |
|
20MHz |
R.72-3 FDD |
R.72-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
21.8 |
17.5 |
Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.72-1 TDD |
R.72-1 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
22.4 |
18.0 |
|
10 MHz |
R.72 TDD |
R.72 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
21.4 |
17.5 |
|
15MHz |
R.72-2 TDD |
R.72-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
21.5 |
17.1 |
|
20MHz |
R.72-3 TDD |
R.72-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
21.6 |
17.2 |
Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.6.2.3-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.13.3.6.
8.13.3.6.2.4 Test description
8.13.3.6.2.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.
2. The parameter settings for Pcell are set up according to Tables [8.13.3-1] and 8.13.3.6.2.3-1as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.6.2.4.3.
8.13.3.6.2.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.6.2.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133 [4], clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. For multi-layer spatial multiplexing, SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.6.2.3-1 and 8.13.3.6.2.3-2 or 8.13.3.6.2.3-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CSI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CSI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.
6. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.6.2.5-1 or 8.13.3.6.2.5-2 as appropriate.
7. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3A.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest on both component carriers.
8.13.3.6.2.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 5.5 and 4.6 with the following exceptions:
Table 8.13.3.6.2.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
p-a |
dB-6 |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.6.2.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo CHOICE { |
|||
|
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
transmissionMode |
tm4 |
||
|
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE { |
|||
|
n4TxAntenna-tm4 |
0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE { |
|||
|
release |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfig-r10 |
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
cqi-ReportConfigPCell-v1250 |
CQI-ReportConfig-v1250-DEFAULT |
DL 256QAM |
|
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.6.2.4.3-2A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
transmissionMode-r10 |
tm4 |
||
|
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10 |
0000000000000000000000000000000011111111111111110000000000000000 |
BIT STRING |
|
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE { |
|||
|
release |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10 |
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-v1250 |
CQI-ReportConfig-v1250-DEFAULT |
DL 256QAM |
|
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.6.2.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic |
rm12 |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodic |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.6.2.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AA |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
RBC |
||
|
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 |
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
pmi-RI-Report-r9 |
Not present |
||
|
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.6.2.4.3-5: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE { |
|||
|
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
rm12 |
||
|
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
trigger1-r10 |
11000000 |
P-Cell, S-Cell report |
|
|
trigger2-r10 |
00000000 |
No report |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.6.2.4.3-6: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AB |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
rm12 |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10 |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
pmi-RI-Report-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.6.2.4.3-7: CQI-ReportConfig-v1250-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfig-v1250 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r12 CHOICE { |
|||
|
release |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
cqiCQI-ReportBoth-v1250 |
Not present |
||
|
cqi-ReportAperiodic-v1250 |
Not present |
||
|
altCQI-Table-r12 |
allSubframes |
DL 256QAM |
|
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.6.2.4.3-8: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
betaOffset-ACK-Index |
5 |
||
|
betaOffset-RI-Index |
6 |
||
|
betaOffset-CQI-Index |
5 |
||
|
} |
|||
8.13.3.6.2.5 Test requirement
Tables 8.13.3.6.2.5-1 and 8.13.3.6.2.5-2 define the primary level settings.
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-3 based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-2.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2 and A.3.4.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.6.2.5-1 or 8.13.3.6.2.5-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.72-1 FDD |
R.72-1 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
24.3 |
20.2 |
|
10 MHz |
R.72 FDD |
R.72 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
22.5 |
18.9 |
|
15MHz |
R.72-2 FDD |
R.72-2 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
22.6 |
18.3 |
|
20MHz |
R.72-3 FDD |
R.72-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
22.7 |
18.4 |
Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config. |
Reference value |
||||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||||
|
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
2Rx CC |
4Rx CC |
||||
|
5MHz |
R.72-1 TDD |
R.72-1 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
23.3 |
18.9 |
|
10 MHz |
R.72 TDD |
R.72 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
22.3 |
18.4 |
|
15MHz |
R.72-2 TDD |
R.72-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
22.4 |
18 |
|
20MHz |
R.72-3 TDD |
R.72-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×2 Low |
4×4 Low |
70 |
22.5 |
18.1 |
Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.6.2.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.7 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance 4Tx Antenna Port with Four layers
8.13.3.7.1 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Four-Layer Spatial Multiplexing for FDD PCell (2DL CA)
8.13.3.7.1.1 Test purpose
To verify the UE’s rank-four performance and ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for four-layer transmission on 4Tx and 4Rx under CA.
8.13.3.7.1.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support 4 Rx antenna ports and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with FDD as PCell in any FDD or TDD RF band.
8.13.3.7.1.3 Minimum conformance requirements
For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.7.1.3-4, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.7.1.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.7.1.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.7.1.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.
Table 8.13.3.7.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA
|
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
|
Downlink power allocation |
|
dB |
-6 |
|
|
dB |
-6 (Note 1) |
|
|
σ |
dB |
0 |
|
|
|
dBm/15kHz |
-98 |
|
|
Cell-specific reference signals |
Antenna Ports 0,1,2,3 |
||
|
Precoding granularity |
PRB |
25 for 5MHz CCs, 50 for 10MHz CCs, 75 for 15MHz and 100 for 20MHz CCs |
|
|
PMI delay (Note 2) |
FDD CC |
ms |
8 |
|
TDD CC |
ms |
10 or 11 |
|
|
Reporting interval |
FDD CC |
ms |
1 |
|
TDD CC |
ms |
1 or 4 (Note 3) |
|
|
Reporting mode |
PUSCH 3-1 |
||
|
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap |
0xFFFF000000000000 |
||
|
CSI request field (Note 3) |
‘10’ |
||
|
PDSCH transmission mode |
4 |
||
|
PDSCH rank |
4 |
||
|
Note 1: Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1st set of serving cells by higher layers. Note 4: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier. |
|||
at antenna port
.Table 8.13.3.7.1.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config |
Reference value |
||
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
|
5MHz |
R.74-1 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
14.1 |
|
|
10MHz |
R.74 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
14.9 |
|
|
15MHz |
R.74-2 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
14.3 |
|
|
20MHz |
R.74-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
14.4 |
|
Table 8.13.3.7.1.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config |
Reference value |
|
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||
|
5MHz |
R.74-1 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
14.5 |
|
10MHz |
R.74 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
14.4 |
|
15MHz |
R.74-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
14.6 |
|
20MHz |
R.74-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
14.8 |
Table 8.13.3.7.1.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.7.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.7.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.7.1-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.13.3.7.1.
8.13.3.7.1.4 Test description
8.13.3.7.1.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.13.3.7.1.3-1 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.1.1.3.4.3.
8.13.3.7.1.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.1.2.2.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.7.1.3-1 and 8.13.3.7.1.3-2 and 8.13.3.7.1.3-3 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.
6. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.7.1.5-1 or 8.13.3.7.1.5-2 as appropriate.
7. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3A.5 and G.3A.6 in Annex G clause G.3.
8.13.3.7.1.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 4.6 and 5.5 with the following exceptions.
Table 8.13.3.7.1.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
p-a |
dB-6 |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.7.1.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo CHOICE { |
|||
|
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
transmissionMode |
tm4 |
||
|
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE { |
|||
|
n4TxAntenna-tm4 |
0xFFFF000000000000 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE { |
|||
|
release |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfig-r10 |
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.7.1.4.3-2A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
transmissionMode-r10 |
tm4 |
||
|
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10 |
0xFFFF000000000000 |
BIT STRING |
|
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE { |
|||
|
release |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10 |
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.7.1.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic |
rm31 |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodic |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.7.1.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AA |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
RBC |
||
|
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 |
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
pmi-RI-Report-r9 |
Not present |
||
|
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.7.1.4.3-5: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE { |
|||
|
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
rm31 |
||
|
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
trigger1-r10 |
11000000 |
P-Cell, S-Cell report |
|
|
trigger2-r10 |
00000000 |
No report |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.7.1.4.3-6: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AB |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
rm31 |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10 |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
pmi-RI-Report-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.7.1.4.3-7: RRCConnectionReconfiguration
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.2.2 |
||||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
|
rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
lateNonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE { |
Not present |
|||
|
lateNonCriticalExtension |
Not present |
|||
|
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
maxLayersMIMO-r10 |
fourLayers |
|||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
Table 8.13.3.7.1.4.3-8: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
betaOffset-ACK-Index |
5 |
||
|
betaOffset-RI-Index |
6 |
||
|
betaOffset-CQI-Index |
5 |
||
|
} |
|||
8.13.3.7.1.5 Test requirement
Table 8.13.3.7.1.3-1 define the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.7.1.5-1, 8.13.3.7.1.5-2 and 8.13.3.7.1.5-3 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.7.1.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config |
Reference value |
|
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||
|
5MHz |
R.74-1 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
15.0 |
|
10MHz |
R.74 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
15.8 |
|
15MHz |
R.74-2 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
15.2 |
|
20MHz |
R.74-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
15.3 |
Table 8.13.3.7.1.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config |
Reference value |
|
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||
|
5MHz |
R.74-1 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
15.4 |
|
10MHz |
R.74 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
15.3 |
|
15MHz |
R.74-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
15.5 |
|
20MHz |
R.74-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
15.7 |
Table 8.13.3.7.1.5-3 Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.1.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.7.1.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.1.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.7.1.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.1.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.7.1.5-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.
8.13.3.7.2 TDD-FDD CA PDSCH Closed Loop Four-Layer Spatial Multiplexing for TDD PCell (2DL CA)
8.13.3.7.2.1 Test purpose
To verify the UE’s rank-four performance and ability to receive a predefined test signal, representing a multi-path fading channel that is determined by the SNR with a percentage of the information bit throughput for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) not falling below a specified value for four-layer transmission on 4Tx and 4Rx under CA.
8.13.3.7.2.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of E-UTRA FDD and TDD Release 12 and forward UE of categories 5 or higher that support 4 Rx antenna ports and E-UTRA FDD and TDD and 2DL CA with TDD as PCell in any FDD or TDD RF band.
8.13.3.7.2.3 Minimum conformance requirements
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.7.2.3-4, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.7.2.3-2 and Table 8.13.3.7.2.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.3.7.2.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.
Table 8.13.3.7.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA
|
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
|
Downlink power allocation |
|
dB |
-6 |
|
|
dB |
-6 (Note 1) |
|
|
σ |
dB |
0 |
|
|
|
dBm/15kHz |
-98 |
|
|
Cell-specific reference signals |
Antenna Ports 0,1,2,3 |
||
|
Precoding granularity |
PRB |
25 for 5MHz CCs, 50 for 10MHz CCs, 75 for 15MHz and 100 for 20MHz CCs |
|
|
PMI delay (Note 2) |
FDD CC |
ms |
8 |
|
TDD CC |
ms |
10 or 11 |
|
|
Reporting interval |
FDD CC |
ms |
1 |
|
TDD CC |
ms |
1 or 4 (Note 3) |
|
|
Reporting mode |
PUSCH 3-1 |
||
|
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap |
0xFFFF000000000000 |
||
|
CSI request field (Note 3) |
‘10’ |
||
|
PDSCH transmission mode |
4 |
||
|
PDSCH rank |
4 |
||
|
Note 1: Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4). Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1st set of serving cells by higher layers. Note 4: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier. |
|||
at antenna port
.Table 8.13.3.7.2.3-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config |
Reference value |
|
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||
|
5MHz |
R.74-1 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
14.1 |
|
10MHz |
R.74 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
14.9 |
|
15MHz |
R.74-2 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
14.3 |
|
20MHz |
R.74-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
14.4 |
Table 8.13.3.7.2.3-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config |
Reference value |
|
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||
|
5MHz |
R.74-1 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
14.5 |
|
10MHz |
R.74 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
14.4 |
|
15MHz |
R.74-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
14.6 |
|
20MHz |
R.74-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
14.8 |
Table 8.13.3.7.2.3-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.7.2-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.7.2-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.7.2-3 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 36.101 [2] clause 8.13.3.7.2.
8.13.3.7.2.4 Test description
8.13.3.7.2.4.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.2.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.3.1.
Channel Bandwidths to be tested: The maximum aggregated bandwidth in the selected CA configuration, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
CA Capability to be tested: The CA capability containing the maximum number of 4Rx supported CCs, as defined in clause 8.1.2.6.5.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise sources to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 36.508 [7] Annex A, Figure A.95.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 8.13.3.7.2.3-1 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for PCC are initially set up according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 and uplink signals according to Annex H.1 and H.3.2.
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in State 3A-RF according to TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.2. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.1.1.3.4.3.
8.13.3.7.2.4.2 Test procedure
1. Configure SCC according to Annex C.0, C.1 and Annex C.3.2 for all downlink physical channels.
2. The SS shall configure SCC as per TS 36.508 [7] clause 5.2A.4. Message contents are defined in clause 8.13.3.7.2.4.3.
3. SS activates SCC by sending the activation MAC-CE (Refer TS 36.321 [13], clauses 5.13, 6.1.3.8). Wait for at least 2 seconds (Refer TS 36.133, clauses 8.3.3.2).
4. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 2 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 8.13.3.7.2.3-1 and 8.13.3.7.2.3-2 and 8.13.3.7.2.3-3 on both PCC and SCC. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
5. SS schedules the UL transmission to carry the PUSCH CQI feedback via PDCCH DCI format 0 with CQI request bit set to ‘10’ and I_MCS=29 and N_PRB allocated to be less or equal to 20.
6. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix, antenna configuration and the SNR according to Tables 8.13.3.7.2.5-1 or 8.13.3.7.2.5-2 as appropriate.
7. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.3 on each of the component carriers. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during the test interval and decide pass or fail according to Tables G.3A.5 and G.3A.6 in Annex G clause G.3.
8.13.3.7.2.4.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 36.508 [7] clauses 4.6 and 5.5 with the following exceptions.
Table 8.13.3.7.2.4.3-1: PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: TS 36.508 [7] clause 4.6.3, Table 4.6.3-6 PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PDSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
p-a |
dB-6 |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.7.2.4.3-2: PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 5.5.1, Table 5.5.1.2-1 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo CHOICE { |
|||
|
explicitValue ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
transmissionMode |
tm4 |
||
|
codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE { |
|||
|
n4TxAntenna-tm4 |
0xFFFF000000000000 |
||
|
} |
|||
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE { |
|||
|
release |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfig-r10 |
CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.7.2.4.3-2A: PhysicalConfigDedicatedSCell-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-6A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PhysicalConfigDedicated SCell-r10-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
nonUL-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
antennaInfo-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
transmissionMode-r10 |
tm4 |
||
|
codebookSubsetRestriction-r10 |
0xFFFF000000000000 |
BIT STRING |
|
|
ue-TransmitAntennaSelection CHOICE { |
|||
|
release |
NULL |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
ul-Configuration-r10 SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportConfigSCell-r10 |
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.7.2.4.3-3: CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfig-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic |
rm31 |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodic |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.7.2.4.3-4: CQI-ReportConfig-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AA |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfig-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
RBC |
||
|
cqi-ReportAperiodic-r10 |
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodic-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
pmi-RI-Report-r9 |
Not present |
||
|
csi-SubframePatternConfig-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.7.2.4.3-5: CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-1A |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportAperiodic-r10 ::=CHOICE { |
|||
|
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
rm31 |
||
|
aperiodicCSI-Trigger-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
trigger1-r10 |
11000000 |
P-Cell, S-Cell report |
|
|
trigger2-r10 |
00000000 |
No report |
|
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.7.2.4.3-6: CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.508 clause 4.6.3 Table 4.6.3-2AB |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
CQI-ReportConfigSCell-r10 ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
cqi-ReportModeAperiodic-r10 |
rm31 |
||
|
nomPDSCH-RS-EPRE-Offset-r10 |
0 |
||
|
cqi-ReportPeriodicSCell-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
pmi-RI-Report-r10 |
Not present |
||
|
} |
|||
Table 8.13.3.7.2.4.3-7: RRCConnectionReconfiguration
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.2.2 |
||||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
|
rrcConnectionReconfiguration-r8 SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
lateNonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE { |
Not present |
|||
|
lateNonCriticalExtension |
Not present |
|||
|
nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE { |
||||
|
maxLayersMIMO-r10 |
fourLayers |
|||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
|
} |
||||
Table 8.13.3.7.2.4.3-8: PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT
|
Derivation Path: 36.331 clause 6.3.2 |
|||
|
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
|
PUSCH-ConfigDedicated-DEFAULT ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
|
betaOffset-ACK-Index |
5 |
||
|
betaOffset-RI-Index |
6 |
||
|
betaOffset-CQI-Index |
5 |
||
|
} |
|||
8.13.3.7.2.5 Test requirement
Table 8.13.3.7.2.3-1 define the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.3.2.2 for the throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Tables 8.13.3.7.2.5-1, 8.13.3.7.2.5-2 and 8.13.3.7.2.5-3 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 8.13.3.7.2.5-1: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for FDD SCell and SCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config |
Reference value |
|
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||
|
5MHz |
R.74-1 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
15.0 |
|
10MHz |
R.74 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
15.8 |
|
15MHz |
R.74-2 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
15.2 |
|
20MHz |
R.74-3 FDD |
OP.1 FDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
15.3 |
Table 8.13.3.7.2.5-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations for TDD PCell (FRC)
|
Band-width |
Reference channel |
OCNG pattern |
Propa-gation condi-tion |
Correlation matrix and antenna config |
Reference value |
|
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||
|
5MHz |
R.74-1 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
15.4 |
|
10MHz |
R.74 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
15.3 |
|
15MHz |
R.74-2 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
15.5 |
|
20MHz |
R.74-3 TDD |
OP.1 TDD |
EPA5 |
4×4 Low |
70 |
15.7 |
Table 8.13.3.7.2.5-3: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)
|
Test number |
Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) |
Minimum performance requirement |
UE Category |
||
|
Total |
FDD CC |
TDD CC |
|||
|
1 |
2×20 |
20 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.7.2-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
2 |
20+10 |
10 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.7.2-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
3 |
20+15 |
15 |
20 |
As defined in Table 8.13.3.7.2.5-1 and Table 8.13.3.7.2-2 per CC |
≥5 |
|
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6. |
|||||
Decide pass or fail for each subtest according to Annex G.3A.4. Decide the entire test pass or fail according to Annex G.3A.6.